Heating and cooling technology • Refrigerators, chest and ... - S.Witko

Heating and cooling technology 

• Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers 524 

• Storage vessels 533 

• Thermostats, cryostats 537 

• Water baths 562 

• Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, 

hybridization ovens 577 

• Incubators 599 

• Incinerators and Furnaces 605 

• Hotplates 610 

• Block thermostats 615 

• Temperature controllers, thermostats 620 

• Incubation hoods 623 

• Heating tapes 626

1 

2 

3 


Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers 

524 

1 

2 

Coolbox KX 1021 refrigerator 

- Interior lighting 

- 1 plate glass shelf 

- Ice compartment with ice cube tray 

- Reversible door hinges. 

Ambient temperature: +10 to +38°C 

Nominal capacity (litres): 86 

External dimensions (W x D x H): 55.1 x 62.3 x 63.0 cm 

Energy consumption (24h): 0.4 kWh 

Supply requirements: 220 - 230 V/50 W 

Weight (gross kg): 31.5 

Energy efficiency class: A 

E & OE. 

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2007/08 

Type Cat. No. PK 

KX 1021 9.698 670 1 

3 

Commercial refrigerator model FKS-1800, 2600, 3600, 5000 

Full-volume refrigeration with rear wall evaporator. 

Automatic defrosting; defrost water evaporates automatically. Lockable door. 

Door hinges can be reversed. Front ventilation enables installation within bench units. 

Adjustable temperature range: +2° to +10°C 

Ambient temperature: +10° to +32°C 

Type Capacity Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

litres mm mm mm 

FKS-1800 

180 

600 600 850 

9.698 666 

1 

FKS-2600 

280 

600 600 1220 

9.698 667 

1 

FKS-3600 

360 

600 600 1590 

9.698 668 

1 

FKS-5000 

500 

750 710 1520 

9.698 669 

1 

Upright freezer, GS 5203 Comfort 

- 14 drawers 

- Gross/net capacity 520/454 litres 

- 'Superfrost' function. With illuminated lamps for power on, alarm and 'Superfrost' functions 

- Yearly energy consumption 664 kWhr. 

- Energy efficiency class C 

- 'Swing design' creates an attractive look in any situation. 

- Door handles have integral opening mechanism. 

- 'Frost-safe' system prevents ice build-up within the cabinet. 

- 'Superfrost' automatic feature makes freezing even simpler and more economical 

Adjustable temperature range: -16 to -26°C 

Ambient temperature: +10 to +32°C 

Nominal capacity (litres): 454 

W x D x H (external): 75.2 x 72 x 170.8 cm 

Energy consumption (24h): ~1.82 kWh 

Supply requirements: 220 - 230 V/220 W 

Weight (gross kg): 99 

Type Capacity Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 


GS 5203 Comfort 454 750 720 1710 9.698 629 1 

Liebherr 

Liebherr 

Liebherr


1 

2 

Laboratory refrigerators 

The BGR 120 laboratory guidelines state that interiors of refrigerators in which 

dangerous, explosive atmospheres can develop, must be spark-free. 

Such explosive atmospheres can be created by stored flammable liquids, for example. 

The CFC-free laboratory refrigerators by Aqualytic ® meet these requirements. 

The interiors are free from sparking sources and are therefore explosion-proof. 

With glass shelves. 

Variable temperature control from +2°C to +10°C. 

Temperature is continuously controlled by thermostat. 

Capacity External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Weight Power Cat. No. PK 

L mm kg W 

150 

210 

295 

425 

Universal refrigerators FKEX 1800, 2600, 3600, 5000 

Liebherr commercial refrigerator with spark-free interior. 

Full-volume refrigeration with rear wall evaporator. 

Automatic defrosting; defrost water evaporates automatically. Lockable door. 

Door hinges can be reversed. Front ventilation enables installation within bench units. 

Adjustable temperature range: from +2 to +10°C 

Ambient temperature: from +10 to +32°C 

Capacity 

FKEX-1800 

FKEX-2600 

FKEX-3600 

FKEX-5000 

3 4 

602 x 600 x 885 

602 x 600 x 1215 

602 x 600 x 1589 

755 x 715 x 1515 

37.0 

46.5 

62.0 

77.0 

120 

140 

150 

150 

Commercial refrigerators, GTL series 

Cooling system, freezer compartment: static 

Defrosting, freezing compartment: manual 

Climate class: SN-T 

Refrigerant: R 600a 

Type of control: Mechanical 

Supply frequency: 50 Hz 

Voltage: 220-240 V 

GTL 3005 

Energy consumption in 24h: 0.9 kWh 

Gross weight: 60 kg 

Net weight: 51 kg 

Power rating: 1 A/120 W 

GTL 4905 




Power rating: 1.2 A/140 W 

GTL 6105 




Power rating: 1.5 A/200 W 

Type Capacity External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

GTL 3005 

GTL 4905 

GTL 6105 

Capacity Energy 

consumption 

Power Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

litres kW (24h) W mm mm mm 

180 0.8 

90 600 600 886 

9.698 653 

1 

280 0.8 

140 600 600 1216 

9.698 654 

1 

360 0.9 

150 600 600 1590 

9.698 655 

1 

500 0.9 

150 752 710 1516 

9.698 656 

1 

litres mm mm 

299 

485 

601 

998 x 760 x 917 

1372 x 809 x 917 

1647 x 809 x 917 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

871 x 526 x 702 

1245 x 575 x 702 

1520 x 575 x 702 



E & OE. 

9.699 001 

9.699 002 

9.699 003 

9.699 004 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.698 671 

9.698 672 

9.698 673 

1 

1 

1 

Liebherr 

AQUALYTIC 

Liebherr 

1 

2 

3 

4 

525

1 

2 

3 



526 

1 

Commercial refrigerator model UKU 1800 

Specifications 

Engergy consumption in 24h: 1.0 kWh 

Cooling system, refrigerator compartment: dynamic 

Defrosting, refrigerator compartment: manual 

Climate class: SN 

Refrigerant: R 600a 

Height, excl. worktop: 819 mm 

Control type: mechanical 

Temperature display, refrigerator compartment: external digital 

Temperature range refrigerator compartment: 0°C to + 15°C 

Power rating: 90 W 

Voltage: 220 - 240V 

Supply frequency: 50 Hz 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


Cat. No. PK 

litres mm mm 

UKU 1800 180 600 x 600 x 850 513 x 441 x 702 9.698 674 1 

2 

Chest and Upright freezers 

Microprocessor-controlled temperature. 

With digital setting and readout of temperature on LED display. 

The controller is powered by maintenance-free, constantly charged, NiCd batteries 

(this guarantees a constant display of the data for 60 hours in the event of power failure). 

With RS232 interface, compatible with Labworldsoft software for PC. RS 422 or RS 485 outputs 

are available on request. 

Low energy consumption 

Maintenance-free cooling system with hermetically sealed, high performance compressors and 

air-cooled condenser, rapid cooling and non-flammable, CFC-free refrigerant. 

Dense insulation: 150 mm thick, seamless and impermeable layer of CFC-free polyurethane foam. 

Various alarms 

An output is provided for a remote alarm; a potential-free contact with connection to customer's central 

control-system (CCS). Audible and visual alarms operate if a fault occurs. The limits for triggering 

alarms (0 to ±20K) in the event of over- or undertemperature can be separately set by the user. 

Spark-free interior 

In accordance with German regulation BGR 120 10/93 of 10/1999 the spark-free interior is made of 

non-rusting, corrosion-resistant, stainless steel and easy to clean. The magnetic door closing systems 

prevent the seals from freezing up. 

Authorized operation 

Freezer lids and doors are lockable.The freezers have an easy-to-use instrument panel, 

secured with a key-operated switch. Exterior housings are made from powder-coated, 

electro-galvanized steel plate. Double wheel castors (2 which are lockable) are provided for mobility. 

Standard and special storage system accessories are available - details on request. 

3 

Ultralow temperature freezers 

With balanced lid so that this is easy to use. 

Additional cover reducers energie consumption for chest freesers with 

volume from 220 l up to 500 l. 

Type Capacity Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Chest freezer 6340* 






Chest freezer 6380** 






litres mm kg 

70 

30 

100 

220 

300 

500 

70 

30 

100 

220 

300 

500 

*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW 

**Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW 

836 x 685 x 1055 

700 x 600 x 905 

960 x 790 x 1080 

1450 x 870 x 1040 

1610 x 910 x 1060 

2060 x 1000 x 1060 

836 x 685 x 1055 

700 x 600 x 905 

960 x 790 x 1080 

1450 x 870 x 1040 

1610 x 910 x 1060 

2060 x 1000 x 1060 

Weight Cat. No. PK 

100 

70 

180 

210 

240 

310 

120 

90 

200 

230 

260 

330 

9.699 340 

9.699 341 

9.699 342 

9.699 343 

9.699 344 

9.699 345 

9.699 380 

9.699 381 

9.699 382 

9.699 383 

9.699 384 

9.699 385 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Liebherr 

GFL 

GFL


1 2 Ultralow temperature freezers 

Ultralow freezers with a choice of volumes: 300 litres and 500 litres: with three shelves 

(H 353 mm), each with an isolating door. Each shelf can be split into two compartments 

by adding another shelf. Freezers can be delivered with drawers instead of shelves on request. 

The "built-in" freezer 6481 (volume 96 litres) can be installed within laboratory floor benching if 

the top cover is removed (fig.2). 

Type Capacity Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Upright freezer 6443* 300 

Upright freezer 6445* 500 

Upright freezer 6481** (fig.2) 96 

Upright freezer 6483** 300 

Upright freezer 6485** 500 

*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW 

**Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW 

litres mm kg 

990 x 865 x 1940 

990 x 1175 x 1940 

900 x 770 x 890 

990 x 865 x 1940 

990 x 1175 x 1940 

1 

Additional shelves for upright freezers 


240 

310 

150 

270 

340 

9.699 503 

9.699 504 

9.699 502 

9.699 495 

9.699 497 

Upright freezers having a storage volume of 300 and 500 litres come with three 

compartments as standard equipment. As an option, each compartment can be 

sectioned with one additional self for optimal utilisation of the internal volume of the unit. 

Type For Cat. No. PK 

6954 

6955 

3 

300 litre freezers 

500 litre freezers 

Drawers for upright freezers 

Accessories for Chest and upright freezers. 

Instead of compartments closed with doors the storage area can be fitted with 

4 drawers. Stainless steel with 10 mm thick polystyrene insulated front panel. 

Ball bearings and runners guarantee effortless movement. 

9.699 458 

9.699 459 


6952 Upright freezer, 300 L 

6953 Upright freezer, 500 L 

Storing systeme (drawers, boxes, inserts für boxes) 

4 

Safety refrigeration systems 

9.699 456 

9.699 457 

Freezers, accessories. 

Accessories for extra protection of highly sensitive, stored samples and reagents against 

temperature increases in the storage chamber. 

For chest freezers of 70 litres and above, and all upright freezers. 


6946a LN2 safety cooling 

6946b LN2 safety cooling 

6947a CO2 safety cooling 

6947b CO2 safety cooling 

5 

Distributors 

230 V 

Battery 

230 V 

Battery 

9.699 452 

9.699 453 

9.699 447 

9.699 451 

Freezers, accessories. Distributors are necessary for the simultaneous connection of 

2 or 3 gas cylinders (CO2 or LN2) which provide the refrigeration back-up 

(See order no. 9.699 448 and 9.699 449). CO2 consumption amounts to almost 1.2 kg/hr. 

when CO2 safety refrigeration is set to -60°C. LN2 safety cooling is preferred for 

230 Volt a.c. back-up refrigeration. 

For GFL emergency back-up refrigeration. Complete with all required connectors, tubing, 

as well as brackets, screws and pins for wall fastening. 


6948 

6949 

2 x CO2 

3 x CO2 



E & OE. 

9.699 448 

9.699 449 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

4 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

1 

2 

3 

5 

4 

527

1 

2 

3 



528 

Water cooling 

E & OE. 


Chest and upright freezers, accessories. Water cooling, ref. 6960. 

Installation of a heat exchanger (water cooled) in place of the condenser. 

The heat exchanger considerably reduces the freezer's heat emission into the atmosphere and 

also extends the permissible working temperature range. Flow pressure is regulated via the freezer. 

Suitable for connection to a flow cooler or mains water supply (tubing connection ferrules are provided). 

Other connections are available on request. 


Chest and upright freezers, accessories 9.699 454 1 

Measurement report 

For detailed documentation of spatial and temporal temperature consistency in 

refrigeration equipment, e.g. if the special permit guidelines of the US-American health 

authority FDA have to be met, please contact us. 

All required measurement data are determined during operation over a prescribed period and 

will be archived at GFL for a decade. 


Measurement report 9.699 565 1 

1 

Freezers, EL-LT series 

The Tenak EL-LT series have a range from -10 to -45°C, allowing particularly sensitive 

samples to be stored at low temperature. Operate at ambient temperatures up to 30°C. 

- Audible Alarm 

- Large temperature display 

- Easily operated controller for temperature setting between -10°C and -45°C 

- Electronic thermostat 

- Handle with key lock 

- Defrost water drain hole 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm 

EL 11 LT 

130 725 x 655 x 850 

EL 31 LT 

299 1305 x 655 x 850 

EL 51 LT 

416 1705 x 655 x 850 

Alternative freezer sizes available on request! 

2 3 

Freezers, Tenak ULT130/ULT400, -85°C 

The Tenak ULT130 personal freezer (fig. 2) and the Tenak ULT400 

main storage freezer (fig. 3) operate in the range -60 to -85°C at 

ambient temperatures from 10 to 30°C. 

- Audible alarm with battery back up 

- Alarm box with output for external alarm 

- Inlet for CO2 back up system 

- Large temperature display 

- Easily operated, Dixell controller for temperature setting between -60°C and -85°C 

- Electronic thermostat 

- Heavy duty castors for easy moving 

- Handle with key lock 

- Defrost water drain hole 

Cat. No. PK 

9.698 715 

9.698 717 

9.698 719 


Based on 50 mm boxes and 10 x 10 cell dividers: 

Type 

Max. no. of cryovials 

ULT 130: 8400 x 2 ml 

ULT 400: 31500 x 2 ml 

Type 

Max. no. of racks 

ULT 130: 6 racks, height: 610 mm containing 11 boxes each plus 

3 racks, height: 335 mm containing 6 boxes each 

ULT 400: 27 racks, height: 610 mm containing 11 boxes each plus 

3 racks, height: 335 mm containing 6 boxes each 

Type 

Tenak ULT130 

Tenak ULT400 

Capacity External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm 

130 

416 

725 x 655 x 865 

1705 x 655 x 865 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.698 728 

9.698 729 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

Tenak 

Tenak


1 Cryogenic box racks for chest freezers 

Stainless steel racks, suitable for all brands of chest freezer. 

For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm. 

Type Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

mm mm mm 

Rack for 6 x 50 mm high boxes 140 140 335 

9.698 745 

1 


9.698 746 

1 


9.698 747 

1 


9.698 748 

1 


9.698 758 

1 


9.698 749 

1 


9.698 750 

1 


9.698 751 

1 


9.698 752 

1 


9.698 753 

1 


9.698 759 

1 


9.698 754 

1 


9.698 755 

1 


9.698 756 

1 


9.698 757 

1 

2 

Nalgene ® CryoBox racks Type 5036 

Stainless steel. 

Vertical. 

With individual retainers to secure each box safely. 

Shelves Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

mm mm mm 

4 

140 143 225 

9.400 953 

1 

9 

140 143 502 

9.400 954 

1 

3 

Racks for upright freezers 

Stainless steel racks for all upright freezer brands. 

For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm. 


mm mm mm 


9.698 836 

1 


9.698 829 

1 


9.698 830 

1 


9.698 774 

1 


9.698 837 

1 


9.698 831 

1 


9.698 832 

1 


9.698 833 

1 


9.698 834 

1 


9.698 835 

1 

4 

Cryogenic storage boxes 

Freezer and cryogenic storage boxes (CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, 

water-repellent, coated cardboard. Dimensions: 136 x 136 mm square. 

For the storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white. 

Other colours are available on request. 

Int. 

height 

mm 

32 

50 

75 

100 

130 

Special sizes available on request! 

Cryoware marker - please see page 171 



E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.405 860 

9.405 861 

9.405 862 

9.405 863 

9.405 864 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Tenak 

Nalgene 

Tenak 

1 

2 

3 

4 

529

1 

2 

3 

4 



530 

1 

Partition inserts for Cryoboxes 

With compartment formats and heights as indicated. For cryoboxes 136 x 136 mm. 

Type Height 

mm 

Compartments 

Partition insert 

65 4 x 4 


30 9 x 9 


40 9 x 9 


65 9 x 9 


25 10 x 10 


30 10 x 10 


40 10 x 10 


65 10 x 10 


25 12 x 12 


30 12 x 12 


40 12 x 12 


65 12 x 12 


25 16 x 16 


30 16 x 16 

2 

CryoBox 

E & OE. 


Cat. No. PK 

9.405 870 

9.405 871 

9.405 872 

9.405 873 

9.405 874 

9.405 875 

9.405 876 

9.405 877 

9.405 878 

9.405 879 

9.405 880 

9.405 881 

9.405 882 

9.405 883 

Polypropylene. 9 x 9 array. Resist ultra-low storage temperatures from -121°C up to +90°C. 

Autoclavable. With grid numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples. 

Box fits most stainless steel racks. 

Type A: 133 x 133 x 52 mm 

Type B: 133 x 133 x 75 mm 

Type Colour Cat. No. PK 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

B 

B 

natural 

yellow 

red 

green 

blue 

natural 

yellow 

red 

green 

blue 


3 

Nalgene ® CryoBox, System 100 series 

For System 100 cryogenic vials. PC. 10 x 10 array. Resist ultra-low storage 

temperatures from -196°C up to +121°C. Autoclavable. 

With grid numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples. 

Lid fits one way to maintain the correct grid orientation. 

Box fits most stainless steel racks. For 1 ml and 1.5 ml vials. 

9.405 890 

9.405 892 

9.405 894 

9.405 896 

9.405 898 

9.405 891 

9.405 893 

9.405 895 

9.405 897 

9.405 899 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm 

Cat. No. PK 

133 x 133 x 52 9.400 927 1 

4 

Nalgene ® CryoBoxes 

Stable, autoclavable PC. With printed grid on lid for cryovials and 

similar tubes up to 13.5 mm diameter. Temperature resistant from -196 to 121°C. 

With grid numbers for reliable identification of individual samples. Type 5050 is a plain box 

with transparent PC lid, without grid, used for storing tubes of various sizes. 

Supplied in packs as indicated. 

Type For 

tubes 

Width Length Height Array Cat. No. PK 

ml mm mm mm 

5025 1.2/2.0 

76 

76 

51 5 x 5 

9.400 946 

1 

5026 1.2/2.0 

133 133 

51 9 x 9 

9.400 947 

1 

5027 5.0 

133 133 

95 9 x 9 

9.400 948 

1 

5050* 

133 133 

51 1 

9.400 949 

1 

*Without grid. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Nalgene 

Nalgene


1 Cryo boxes, PP 

No. of cells 9 x 9 = 81 cryovials. 


mm mm mm 

Blue 

130 130 

50 

9.698 708 

1 

Green 

130 130 

50 

9.698 709 

1 

Natural 

130 130 

50 

9.698 710 

1 

Red 

130 130 

50 

9.698 711 

1 

Yellow 

130 130 

50 

9.698 712 

1 

2 

Nalgene ® cryovials, System 100 series 

PP. With HDPE screw cap and silicone gasket. Increase storage capacity in mechanical 

and gaseous phase liquid nitrogen freezers. The gasket prevents leakage in 

microcentrifuges (up to 8000 x g) or during transport. 

With writing area and graduations in white. Gamma radiation sterilized. 

Pyrogen-free and non-cytotoxic. Supplied in packs as indicated. 

Capacity Ext. 

dia. 

Height Cat. No. PK 

ml mm mm 

1.0 

12 

38 

9.400 912 

25 

1.5 

12 

48 

9.400 913 

25 

3 

Nalgene ® cryovials Type 5000 

PP with HDPE screw cap. Temperature resistant down to -196°C. 

Gamma radiation sterilized. Non-cytotoxic and pyrogen-free. 

With marking area, fill line and graduations printed on the vial. 

Capacity Ext. 

dia. 


ml mm mm 

1.2 

13.5 

38 

9.400 941 

25 

2.0 

13.5 

48 

9.400 942 

25 

5.0 

13.5 

92 

9.400 943 

10 

Also available in a larger pack size (1000 pc.). 

4 

Nalgene ® cryovial racks Type 5030 

PC. Autoclavable. Space-saving. 

Choice of sizes to hold 25 or 50 cryovials of 1.2, 2.0 or 5 ml capacities. 

With moulded identification numbers and letters. 

One-handed operation possible. 

Aperture 

array 

Width Length Height Cat. No. PK 

qty. mm mm mm 

5 x 10 

102 197 

28 

9.400 944 

1 

5 x 5, staggered 

102 197 

22 

9.400 958 

1 

5 

Cap coders for Nalgene ® cryovials 

Colour-coded cryovials. Type 5045. Coloured PS cap inserts. 

Colour Cat. No. PK 

white 

yellow 

blue 

green 

red 

6 

Cryogenic vials 

PP. Sterile. Transparent. With screw caps and marking area. 

For the storage of samples at low temperatures down to -196°C. 

9.400 967 

9.400 968 

9.400 969 

9.400 970 

9.400 971 

Capacity Dia. Length Cat. No. PK 

ml mm mm 

2 

12.5 

38 

9.401 233 

1000 

5 

12.5 

78 

9.401 238 

100 




E & OE. 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Tenak 

Nalgene 

Nalgene 

Nalgene 

Nalgene 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

531

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 



532 

6 

1 

Ice baths, polystyrene 

Ice bath with non-slip silicone feet. Fully insulated in light grey foam. 

Rigid body with guide ledge for aluminium insert blocks. 

Type Internal tank 

dimensions 

(W x L x D) 

mm 

W-1060 

W-1061 

140 

210 

x 320 x 70 

x 350 x 100 

Inserts for Ice baths 

Solid aluminium. 

For No. of 

vessels 

1.5 ml microtubes 

1.5 ml microtubes 

Custom (please indicate drilling 

required when ordering) 

2 

Nalgene ® Labtop Cooler 

E & OE. 

2 x 7 

2 x 12 


Cat. No. PK 

9.010 670 

9.010 671 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.010 675 

9.010 676 

9.010 677 

The economical alternative for keeping samples and biochemical reagents cool at the workbench 

or for protecting against temperature fluctuations and power failure in refrigeration apparatus. 

With write-on, gridded lid. Lids fit one way to maintain the correct grid orientation. 

The lid of the Labtop Cooler jr. is transparent (12-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml). 

The Labtop Cooler lid (32-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml) is white and filled with a non-toxic insulation gel. 

Adapters are also supplied for 0.5 ml microtubes. 

Robust, space-saving and stackable. 

With non-slip rubber feet. Can be used down to -135°C. 

Type Aperture 

array 

Laptop Cooler jr. 

Labtop Cooler jr. 

Labtop Cooler 

Labtop Cooler 

3 

qty. 

12 

12 

32 

32 

Description Temperaturemaintained 

on lab bench 

without gel 

without gel 

with gel 

with gel 

≤-15 °C up to 1 hr. 

≤ 1 °C up to 3.5 hrs. 

≤-15 °C up to 2 hrs. 

≤ 1 °C up to 5 hrs. 

Nalgene ® freezing container Type 5100, Mr. Frosty 

PC box. With 120 mm diameter screw cap in blue HDPE, 

vial holder made of white HDPE. Suitable for 18 x 1.2/2.0 ml cryovials. 

Foam interior. Cooling rate 1°C/min. Tubes can be easily removed. 

Each aperture has a moulded number for identification. Stackable. 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.400 929 

9.400 930 

9.400 932 

9.400 933 

Dia. Height Cat. No. PK 

mm mm 

117 86 9.400 945 1 

4 

Labtop Cooler 

For rapid, repeated chilling of biological samples for use in molecular biology 

applications. Place the Labtop Cooler in a freezer for approx. 2 hours to cool down the 

gel inside. Samples will be held below +4°C for more than one hour. 

The Cooler holds 25 x 0.5 ml and 36 x 1.5 ml micro tubes. 


Labtop Cooler 9.698 815 1 

5 

Nalgene ® CryoCane 

CryoCane aluminium vial holder. Type 5015. 

For ultra-low temperature storage of 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 ml cryovials. 

For Length 

mm 

Cat. No. PK 

5 cryovials 

290 

9.400 956 

1 

6 cryovials 

300 

9.400 935 

12 

6 

Nalgene ® CryoSleeve 

Type 5016. Made of transparent PVC. For CryoCane aluminium vial holder. 

Length Cat. No. PK 

mm 

273 9.400 957 100 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Nalgene 

Nalgene 

Tenak 

Nalgene 

Nalgene


Nalgene ® 1 

floating cryovial racks 

Type 5974. PP. 

For 0.5 to 2.0 ml test tubes and cryovials. 

Racks will float with a full load of filled tubes. 

With moulded identification numbers and letters. 

Type For 

Array Colour Dimensions 

tubes 

(W x D x H) 

ml mm 

Square 0.5 

4 x 4 black 103 x 103 x 65 

Square 1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 4 x 4 white 103 x 103 x 65 

Circular 1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 8 

white 66 dia. 

Circular 1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 20 

white 96 dia. 

2 3 

IsoTherm-System ® 

Modular system for transporting, storing, and slowly thawing deep-frozen samples 

- Holds 24 tubes (Safe-Lock 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2 ml) 

- IsoPack (cold pack) white for 0°C and blue for -21°C, for pre-cooling in the freezer 

- Isothermal times from = 6 hrs. (0°C, white) and = 3 hrs. (-21°C, blue) 

- No more melting ice baths (contamination risk) 

- All system components can be used separately 

- Racks can be stacked, are autoclavable, can be labelled, float in water and can be 

centrifuged in a microtitration plate rotor 

Cat. No. PK 

9.400 981 

9.400 982 

9.400 983 

9.400 984 

Description Cat. No. PK 

Iso Therm-System, insulating box, 0°C cold pack, -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid for 1.5/2.0 ml tubes 

IsoRack + 0°C IsoPack 

IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 1.5 ml/2 ml tubes 

IsoRack, 4 racks and 4 lids for 1.5 ml / 2.0 ml tubes 

IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, for 1.5 ml/2.0 ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs 

IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, for 1.5 ml/2.0 ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs 

Iso Therm-System for 0.5 ml tubes, insulating box, 0°C and -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid for 1.0 ml tubes 

IsoRack + 0 °C IsoPack 

IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 0.5ml tubes 

IsoRack, 4 racks plus 4 lids for 0.5 ml tubes 

IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes 

IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes 

4 5 

PCR-Coolers 

The PCR-Cooler acts as a thermochromic temperature self-indicator: pink or light-blue 

(depending on the model chosen) when temperature exceeds 7°C, violet or dark blue 

when ice-cold. 

9.283 526 

9.283 528 

9.283 530 

9.283 536 

9.283 535 

9.283 529 

9.283 525 

9.283 527 

9.283 537 

9.283 523 

9.283 524 

9.283 521 

Description 

The new Eppendorf PCR-Cooler reliably maintains a sample temperature of 0°C* for over an hour, 

changing colour when the temperature exceeds 7°C. Better than an ice bath, 

PCR-Cooler is simple to handle, space-saving and contamination-free, making it the perfect 

preparation for PCR reactions. The temperature of single tubes is indicated by the colour of the 

respective individual apertures. Furthermore, samples are prevented from freezing by the specially 

developed cone contour. Eppendorf PCR-Cooler: the cooling unit in the universal 96-well format for 

0.2ml and 0.5ml PCR tubes, for tube strips, plates and for individual tubes. 

The Eppendorf PCR-Cooler is a compact, innovative solution for protecting, transporting and 

storing sensitive samples and obviously also ideal for safely stopping reactions. 

Application note 

By changing colour from violet to pink or dark blue to light blue, the PCR-Cooler shows 

when the temperature has exceeded 7°C. 

The crucial factor for sample cooling is the well colour in the PCR-Cooler. 


PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml starter set (1 x pink, 1 x blue) 

PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml pink 

PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml blue 

PCR tubes, 0.2 ml, transparent 

twin.tech PCR Plate 96 semi-skirted, transparent 

twin.tech PCR Plate 384 skirted, transparent 

* With 2 hours precooling at -20°C. 


Refrigerators, chest and upright freezers, ice makers-Storage vessels 

E & OE. 

9.283 576 

9.283 577 

9.283 578 

9.283 579 

9.283 595 

9.283 596 

1 

1 

4 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1000 

25 

25 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Nalgene 

eppendorf 

eppendorf 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

533

1 

2 

3 


Storage vessels 

4 

534 

1 

Dry ice machines, SnowPack 

E & OE. 


Suitable for all European short carbon dioxide cylinders with stopcock valve 

Bürkle 

(¼ inch whitworth thread). 

- Produces ice tablets at -79°C 

- operates without power 

- taint- and odour-free 

Gassing period (per tablet): either 1.0 or 2.5 min approx. 

Tablets per 22 kg bottle (dependent on ambient temperature and pressure): either 110 or 7 pieces approx. 

Weight Dia. Height Cat. No. PK 

g mm mm 

30 

50 

22 

9.253 006 

1 

500 

100 

75 

9.253 007 

1 

2 

Ice flake makers, Scotsman 

Manufactured under DIN ISO 9001 conditions. 

For solid, even, ice flakes. Hygienic, 0.5°C cold ice. 

With stainless steel outer casing and air-cooled compressor. 

Also available with water-cooled compressor, except model AF 100. 

Alternative models availlable on request. 

A specially constructed model for laboratory-grade water is available on request at an additional charge. 

Type Output 

kg/24 hrs. 

Ice flake maker AF 80* 

Ice flake maker AF 100* 

Ice flake maker AF 200 

Ice flake maker MF 22 

Ice flake maker MF 30 

Storage B 193 for MF22 

Storage B 393 for MF 30 

Cover KBT 103 for storage B 393 

*without storage bin 

3 

Ice buckets, Spongex 

Capacity Rating Width Length Cat. No. PK 

up to kg kg W mm mm 

70 

85 

120 

120 

200 

120 

200 

- 

25 

32 

32 

90 

90 

90 

150 

- 

330 

400 

520 

500 

760 

- 

- 

- 

626 

622 

622 

533 

533 

800 

825 

- 

Round, complete with lid. 

For sample and reaction cooling. 

Foamed PVC. No styropor present. 

Unbreakable and lightweight. 

For use with ice/dry ice or liquid nitrogen. 

High temperature resistance -196°C to +93°C. 

Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohol, acetone, phenol, etc. 

535 

592 

592 

560 

560 

560 

765 

- 

9.580 006 

9.580 007 

9.580 008 

9.580 009 

9.580 016 

9.580 010 

9.580 017 

9.580 018 

Type Filling Capacity Colour Bottom Top Height Cat. No. PK 

volume 

Ø dia. 

max. L L mm mm mm 

Bucket 

4 

5 blue 

180 250 180 

9.010 700 

1 

Bucket 

4 

5 red 

180 250 180 

9.010 720 

1 

Bucket 

4 

5 yellow 180 250 180 

9.010 730 

1 

4 

Ice buckets, Spongex, accessory inserts 

Specifically for Spongex ice buckets, but also suitable for other containers. 

Manufactured in the same material as the ice buckets. 

Float in liquid, therefore also ideal insert racks for water baths. 

Also available without holes for custom drilling by the user on request. External diameter: 220 mm. 

Type Colour Height Cat. No. PK 

mm 

For 44 x 1.5/2.0 ml reaction tubes 



For 30 x 14/15 ml Falcon tubes 



blue 

red 

yellow 

blue 

red 

yellow 

10 

10 

10 

17 

17 

17 

9.010 711 

9.010 726 

9.010 736 

9.010 713 

9.010 728 

9.010 738 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Schütt 

Schütt


1 Ice storage containers, Labpan 

For holding all types of holders and vessels. Made of foamed PVC. 

No styropor present. 

Unbreakable and lightweight. 

For use with ice, dry ice or liquid nitrogen. 

Temperature resistant from -196 to +93°C. 

Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohols, acetone, phenol, etc. 

Type Filling 

volume 

Colour Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

max. L mm mm mm 

Mini 

1 blue 

130 130 

80 

9.010 703 

1 

Mini 

1 red 

130 130 

80 

9.010 723 

1 

Mini 

1 yellow 

190 130 

80 

9.010 733 

1 

Midi 

4 blue 

190 290 100 

9.010 702 

1 

Midi 

4 red 

190 290 100 

9.010 722 

1 

Midi 

4 yellow 

190 290 100 

9.010 732 

1 

Maxi 

9 blue 

280 355 110 

9.010 701 

1 

Maxi 

9 red 

280 355 110 

9.010 721 

1 

Maxi 

9 yellow 

280 355 110 

9.010 731 

1 

2 

Ice storage containers, Labpan, accessory inserts 

Specifically for Labpan, but also suitable for other containers. 

Float in liquid, therefore ideal as inserts for water baths. 

Dimensions (W x L) 235 x 110 mm. 

Also available solid, for user drilling, on request. 

Type Colour Height 

mm 

Cat. No. PK 

For 36 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml reaction tubes blue 

10 

9.010 761 

1 

For 36 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml reaction tubes red 

10 

9.010 762 

1 

For 36 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml reaction tubes yellow 

10 

9.010 763 

1 


blue 

17 

9.010 764 

1 


red 

17 

9.010 765 

1 


yellow 

17 

9.010 766 

1 

3 

Insulated vessels 

With Duran ® liners; DIN 12492. Cylindrical. With metal outer casing 

made of galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. 

With lid and carrying handle. 

Capacity Int. Int. 

dia. height 

litres mm mm 

10 

200 350 

10 

200 350 

14 

200 500 

21 

250 480 

21 

250 480 

28 

250 620 

9.032 742 and 9.032 743: uncoated aluminium cover 

4 

Linen bag for large insulated vessels 

For 10 L, 14 L, 21 L and 28 L model. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.032 131 

9.032 742 

9.032 132 

9.032 133 

9.032 743 

9.032 134 

Type Capacity 

litres 

Cat. No. PK 


10 

9.032 231 

1 


14 

9.032 232 

1 


21 

9.032 233 

1 

5 

Dewar flasks 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Cylindrical. With metal outer casing made of 

galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. With cover and 

aluminium support bracket. BE-Type: Cover made of high-grade steel, 

type 26/B-E to 29/B-E are available on request. 

Capacity Int. Int. 

dia. height 

litres mm mm 

1 

100 150 

2 

138 170 

3 

138 230 

4 

138 310 

E & OE. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.032 726 

9.032 727 

9.032 728 

9.032 729 



1 

1 

1 

1 

Schütt 

Schütt 

KGW 

KGW 

KGW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

535

1 

2 

3 

4 



536 

5 

1 

Dewar flasks, Nalgene ® Type 4150 

HDPE. With vented, insulating HDPE lid. PE covered handle. 

Unbreakable and completely safe for short term storage of ice water, 

dry ice solvents and liquid nitrogen. Also suitable for use as warming baths. 

Chemical-resistant, reinforced walls, filled with urethane foam, 

are temperature resistant from -196 to +100°C. 1, 2 and 

4 litre flasks have a carrying handle. 

Capacity Top 

dia. 

mm 

Int. 

height 

litres mm 

1 

2 

4 

10 

2 

95 

121 

146 

197 

194 

225 

287 

394 

Dewar flasks, open top, shallow form 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Bowl shaped. Generally for thermostatting round bottom 

flasks to a constant temperature as hot or cold baths. With aluminium housing, 

support and edge protection. Suitable for use with magnetic stirrers. 

E & OE. 


Cat. No. PK 

9.031 961 

9.031 962 

9.031 964 

9.031 970 

Capacity Int. 

dia. 


ml mm mm 

260 

100 

65 

9.032 423 

1 

400 

110 

70 

9.032 425 

1 

680 

138 

80 

9.032 426 

1 

1600 

170 110 

9.032 427 

1 

3 

Dewar flasks, cylindrical 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Cylindrical. Blue powder-coated aluminium casing. 

Can be used with magnetic stirrers. 

All vessels can be supplied without casing, unsilvered or with 

unsilvered contents observation strips. 

Capacity Int. Ext. Int. 

dia. dia. height 

ml mm mm mm 

100 

40 56 

90 

200 

40 56 170 

300 

47 60 190 

500 

57 70 210 

800 

67 80 240 

1200 

67 80 350 

1000 

77 95 235 

1500 

77 95 345 

1500 

90 115 245 

2000 

90 115 340 

1500 

100 120 240 

2000 

100 120 290 

2500 

110 130 290 

4000 

138 160 310 

4 

Chrome steel Dewar flasks 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.032 011 

9.032 012 

9.032 013 

9.032 015 

9.032 018 

9.032 019 

9.032 021 

9.032 022 

9.032 024 

9.032 025 

9.032 027 

9.032 028 

9.032 030 

9.032 033 

Nickel chromium steel, unbreakable, open top. With high-vacuum, permanent insulation. 

Temperature range -269 to +300°C. 5 year insulation guarantee. 

Capacity Int. Ext. Int. 

dia. dia. height 


1 

85 107 206 

1 

100 122 157 

2 

100 122 285 

5 

Dewar flasks, spherical 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Spherical. 

Silver, with aluminium casing and insulating lid. 

Capacity Neck Ext. 

dia. dia. 

litres mm mm 

1 

30 175 

3 

60 225 

5 

60 260 

10 

65 330 

Cat. No. PK Lid 

9.031 982 

9.031 983 

9.031 984 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.031 972 

9.031 973 

9.031 973 

Cat. No. PK 

9.032 740 

9.032 741 

9.032 115 

9.032 127 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Nalgene 

KGW 

KGW 

KGW


1 MVE Vapour Shipper containers 

MVE Vapour Shipper containers are designed for the safe transportation of biological 

samples at cryogenic (-150°C or colder) temperatures. 

Fabricated from durable, lightweight aluminum, they employ a hydrophobic absorbent 

that contains the liquid nitrogen for "spill free" shipping. The absorbent also repels 

moisture and humidity, assuring the maximum holding time. This eliminates the necessity to 

dry units between uses. A protective shipping carton is available for all models 

(except the SC 20/12V) which protects the container from being placed on its side and 

helps in withstanding the rigours of transportation. These containers may be used to 

ship your samples with a "non-hazardous" classification throughout the world, 

thus reducing costs and helping to assure sample viability. 

MVEs IATA Dewar has been independently tested and approved with the accessories 

listed below to meet current UN and IATA regulations concerning the transportation of 

potentially infectious substances 

Type Capacity No. of 

2 ml 

vials 

SC 2/1V 

SC 4/2V 

SC 4/3V 

SC 20/12V 

XC 20/3V 

MiniMoover 

CryoMoover 

CryoShipper 

CryoShipper XC 

CryoShipper XC IATA 

2 

1.5 

3.6 

4.3 

12.3 

6.8 

2.9 

4.2 

8.5 

10.0 

11.8 

Static 

holding 

time 

Neck 

dia. 

Weight 

empty / full 

L Days mm kg mm 

9 

106 

48 

180 

672 

24 

1134 

500 

966 

350 

8 

14 

21 

85 

23 

14 

12 

10 

14 

14 

35 

70 

51 

51 

97 

35 

97 

216 

216 

216 

1.5 

3.6 

4.3 

12.3 

6.8 

2.9 

4.2 

8.5 

10.0 

11.8 


343 

468 

492 

652 

635 

495 

558 

546 

854 

610 

Compact aluminium storage tanks, MVE XC and SC Series 

9.524 465 

9.524 466 

9.524 467 

9.524 468 

9.524 469 

9.524 470 

9.524 471 

9.524 472 

9.524 473 

9.524 474 

MVE offers the widest range of compact aluminium cryogenic storage tanks available on 

Chart 

the market today. Whatever the application, you will find the perfect solution within the 

XC and SC product lines. Over the past 40 years, our product designs have benefited from end-user input and have 

evolved into a unique selection of units. Each unit is perfectly designed for various applications. MVE XC Series tanks 

have capacities ranging from 700 to 5000 straws and 150 to over 1000 vials. Manufactured to a world class level of 

excellence and backed by an industry-leading, 5 year vacuum warranty, these durable, lightweight units can be relied 

on to perform in the most demanding of environments. The XC Series is designed for the user who requires large 

capacity storage and low liquid nitrogen consumption in a convenient lightweight package. 


2 ml 

vials 

SC 11/7 

SC 20/20 

SC 36/32 

SC 33/26 

XC Mill. 20 

XC 33/22 

XC 43/28 

XC 34/18 

XC 22/5 

XC 32/8 

XC 47/11-6 

XC 47/11-10 

11.2 

20.5 

36.5 

33.0 

20.5 

33.4 

42.2 

34.8 

22.4 

32.0 

47.4 

47.4 

No. of 

canisters 

Static 

holding 

time 

Chamber 

dimensions 

(Dia. x H) 

L Days mm 

mm 

150 

150 

150 

150 

210 

360 

360 

630 

810 

855 

1050 

1320 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

10 

46 

142 

224 

182 

140 

154 

193 

123 

40 

57 

76 

76 

38.0 x 279.0 

38.0 x 279.0 

38.0 x 279.0 

38.0 x 279.0 

41.9 x 279.0 

56.0 x 279.0 

56.0 x 279.0 

71.0 x 279.0 

79.0 x 279.0 

67.0 x 279.0 

102.0 x 279.0 

71.0 x 279.0 


549 

652 

690 

657 

652 

660 

670 

675 

559 

546 

673 

673 

E & OE. 


Storage vessels-Thermostats, cryostats 

9.524 486 

9.524 487 

9.524 488 

9.524 489 

9.524 490 

9.524 491 

9.524 492 

9.524 493 

9.524 494 

9.524 495 

9.524 497 

9.524 496 

Chart 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

537

1 

2 

3 


Thermostats, cryostats 

538 

1 

Cryosystem Series MVE with drawers 

The MVE Cryosystem 750, 2000, 4000 and 6000 combine the benefits of low nitrogen 

consumption with mid-range vial capacity to meet the versatile needs of today's 

professionals worldwide. The lightweight aluminium design and low space requirements of 

these containers make them the most economical units in their class. 

Low vaporization thanks to their 216 mm dia. neck (XC 47/11: only 127 mm). 

Supplied with drawer fastener. MVE cryogenic vessels are performance leaders through innovation, 

super insulation and vacuum technology. 

The Cryosystem Series offers the following features: 

- Large neck openings 

- Long Nitrogen retention times 

- 3 Year vacuum warranty 

- Lightweight aluminium design 

- Easy access To stored samples 


2 ml 

vials 

CS 750 

CS 2000 

CS 4000 

CS 6000 

2 

E & OE. 

No. of 

boxes 

No. of 

racks 

Static 

holding 

time 

litres Days 

48 

61 

121 

175 

750 

2000 

4000 

6000 

5 

5 

10 

10 

Cryogenic liquid dewars MVE Lab Series 

6 

4 

4 

6 

121 

71 

122 

178 

The Lab Series of cryogenic liquid dewars are so-called because of their universal 

acceptance in laboratories and medical facilities worldwide. These high-efficiency, 

super-insulated dewars are the most convenient, economical way to store and 

dispense liquid nitrogen. Many lab units can be fitted with pouring spouts, 

pressurizeddispensing devices or dippers to aid in the transfer of liquid nitrogen. 


Cat. No. PK 

9.524 475 

9.524 476 

9.524 477 

9.524 478 

Accessories on request include: Transfer Hose, Phase Separator, Pouring Spout, 

Swivel Dipper, Dipper, Spare Corks, Pressurized Dispensing Device, rolling Castor Base 

Containers are also available with capacities >50litres ( Eurocyl models) as pressure tanks, on request. 

Type Capacity Evaporation Neck 

Weight Height Cat. No. PK 

rate dia. empty / full 

litres L/ day mm kg mm 

Lab 4 

4 

0.19 35 2.7 / 6.0 426 

9.524 479 

1 

Lab 5 

5 

0.15 56 4.0 / 8.0 462 

9.524 480 

1 

Lab 10 

10 

0.18 56 6.0 / 14.0 546 

9.524 481 

1 

Lab 20 

20 

0.18 51 9.0 / 26.0 627 

9.524 482 

1 

Lab 30 

32 

0.22 64 12.0 / 38.0 611 

9.524 483 

1 

Lab 50 

50 

0.49 64 15.0 / 56.0 779 

9.524 484 

1 

SS Transfer Unit 

(stainless steel) 

5 

- 152 5.0 / 9.0 419 

9.524 485 

1 

3 

Adjustable Electronic Peltier Thermostat PT 31 

This electronic water-bath thermostat with Peltier element is a versatile, 

high-performance instrument . In one application, for example, it can be used to set the 

correct refractometer temperature. It is extremely robust, compact and easy to operate. 

Thanks to its small footprint it does not take up valuable space in the laboratory. 

Technical Specifications 

Temperature range: 8° to 40°C, adjustable 

Accuracy of temperature: ±0.2°C 

Resolution: 0.1°C 

Pump performance: 20 l/h 

Max. pump pressure: 2000 Pa 

Cooling power: 15 W 

Heating power: 30 W 

Power supply: 115 - 230 V a.c. 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 80 x 140 x 210 mm 

Weight: 1.5 kg 


PT31 9.841 515 1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Chart 

Chart 

Krüss


1 Thermoregulators, CC1-E, CC2-E and CC3-E 

Microprocessor-controlled, thermoregulators with Plug & Play technology, simple 

operation with dial control, digital display and powerful circulating pressure pump. 

Wetted components are stainless steel or highly resistant plastic. 

Controller can be positioned to the front or side. 

All models have a 3-year guarantee on electronic components. 

There are three models to choose from: 

Compatible Control CC1. 

With liquid level protection (float switch) and adjustable overheat cut-out for unmonitored, 

continuous operation with combustible and non-combustible liquids (Safety class: FL). 

User adjustable maximum and minimum temperature set-points provide additional safety. 


As CC1, but with programmer (5 steps), master controller for external circuit thermoregulation, 

3 memorized set temperatures and simple raised shelf function 


As CC2, but with extended functions:Programmer (50 segments divided between 10 programmes), 

RS 232 and RS 485 interfaces for bi-directional communication and analogue (4 to 20 mA) output. 

A serial printer connection is also provided. 

Temp. control range °C: (-30) +25 to +200 

Stability to DIN 12876*: 0.02K 

Safety class: FL, III 

Heating capacity kW: 

Pressure pump 

2 kW 

Pressure max.: 

10 L/min/0.2 bar 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 120 x 135 x 300/150 mm 


CC1-E 

CC2-E 

CC3-E 

*measured in 12-litre stainless steel bath. 

2 3 

Thermostatic baths with polycarbonate tanks 

Bath thermostat consisting of: 

- transparent bath container and bath bridge. Bath container from polycarbonate 

- basic level thermostat CC-E. 

9.857 500 

9.857 501 

9.857 502 

Pease note: 

The suffix -1, -2, -3 indicates which Polystat basic thermostatic controllers (CC1, CC2, CC3) will be fitted. 

Temperature max.: 100°C 

Stability to DIN 12876: 

0.02K 

Bath depth: 150 mm 

Safety class: 

Pressure pump 

FL, III 


10 L/ min./0.2 bar 

Type Bath 

capacity 

CC1-105A 

CC2-105A 

CC3-105A 

CC1-106A 

CC2-106A 

CC3-106A 

CC1-107A 

CC2-107A 

CC3-107A 

CC1-111A 

CC2-111A 

CC3-111A 

CC1-118A 

CC2-118A 

CC3-118A 

Bath 

opening 

L mm mm 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

11 

11 

11 

18 

18 

18 

120 x 110 

120 x 110 

120 x 110 

120 x 210 

120 x 210 

120 x 210 

120 x 310 

120 x 310 

120 x 310 

302 x 165 

302 x 165 

302 x 165 

302 x 325 

302 x 325 

302 x 325 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

132 x 280 x 320 

132 x 280 x 320 

132 x 280 x 320 

132 x 380 x 320 

132 x 380 x 320 

132 x 380 x 320 

132 x 480 x 320 

132 x 480 x 320 

132 x 480 x 320 

350 x 313 x 325 

350 x 313 x 325 

350 x 313 x 325 

350 x 473 x 325 

350 x 473 x 325 

350 x 473 x 325 

E & OE. 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 541 

9.857 542 

9.857 543 

9.857 550 

9.857 551 

9.857 552 

9.857 544 

9.857 545 

9.857 546 

9.857 547 

9.857 548 

9.857 549 

9.857 553 

9.857 554 

9.857 555 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

1 

2 

3 

539

1 

2 

3 



540 

1 2 

Thermostatic baths with stainless steel tank 

E & OE. 


Thermostatic bath systems, comprising: 

- Insulated stainless steel bath with polyurethane (PUR) outer case, bridge mounting 

plate and choice of controller 

Bath depth 150 mm. Bridge mounting plate with dip cooler coil holder (e.g.for Huber immersion cooler) 

- CC-E thermoregulators 

Note: The suffix -1, -2, -3 indicates which Polystat basic thermostatic controllers (CC1, CC2, CC3) will be fitted. 

For example: 

- CC2-208B is an 8 litre capacity stainless steel bath with CC2-E 

- CC3-220B is an 20 litre capacity stainless steel bath with CC3-E 

Stability to DIN 12876: 0.02K 

Temp. max.: 200°C 


Pump 

Pressure max.: 10 L/min./0.2 bar 

Type Bath 

capacity 

CC1-208B 

CC2-208B 

CC3-208B 

CC1-212B 

CC2-212B 

CC3-212B 

CC1-215B 

CC2-215B 

CC3-215B 

CC1-220B 

CC2-220B 

CC3-220B 

CC1-225B 

CC2-225B 

CC3-225B 

3 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

L mm mm mm 

8.5 

8.5 

8.5 

12 

12 

12 

15 

15 

15 

20 

20 

20 

25 

25 

25 

235 x 165 

235 x 165 

235 x 165 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

Thermostatic baths 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

200 

200 

200 

150 

150 

150 

200 

200 

200 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

290 x 350 x 375 

290 x 350 x 375 

290 x 350 x 375 

350 x 375 x 375 

350 x 375 x 375 

350 x 375 x 375 

350 x 375 x 420 

350 x 375 x 420 

350 x 375 x 420 

350 x 555 x 375 

350 x 555 x 375 

350 x 555 x 375 

350 x 555 x 420 

350 x 555 x 420 

350 x 555 x 420 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 520 

9.857 521 

9.857 522 

9.857 523 

9.857 524 

9.857 525 

9.857 529 

9.857 530 

9.857 531 

9.857 526 

9.857 527 

9.857 528 

9.857 532 

9.857 533 

9.857 534 

The CC202C and CC205B are thermoregulators and immersion thermostats 

incorporating powerful pressure pumps and Plug and Play technology. 

In addition they offer the unique features of exchanging memorized parameters 

with other models (via the microprocessor controller) and upgrading a simple model 

into a high tech model with the latest communications technology. 

You can choose from 48 standard models or let us know your requirements for special models. 

Temp. control range: (-30) +45 to +200°C 

Stability to DIN 12876: 

0.05K 

Bath depth: 150 mm 

Safety class: 

FL, III 

Heating capacity: 

Pump 

2 kW 


Type Bath 

opening 

CC1-202C 

CC2-202C 

CC3-202C 

CC1-205B 

CC2-205B 

CC3-205B 

mm mm 

25 dia. 

25 dia. 

25 dia. 

105 x 90 

105 x 90 

105 x 90 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

150 x 215 x 350 

150 x 215 x 350 

150 x 215 x 350 

150 x 285 x 350 

150 x 285 x 350 

150 x 285 x 350 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 535 

9.857 536 

9.857 537 

9.857 538 

9.857 539 

9.857 540 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber


1 Thermoregulators Ministat 125/230/240 

The stainless steel-cased Ministat creates new standards in the compact class of units: 

- Variable speed pumps 

- Sealless tank construction and thermal insulation prevent condensate build-up, 

extending working life 

- choice of 3 interchangeable, automatic controllers: Ministat cc1, cc2, cc3 

- suction: 20 l/min/0.4 bar 

- pump: 27 l/min/0.7 bar 

cc1: The basic model 

Easy Control, four-line digital display, plain text user interface (in choice of three languages), 

menu driven, all functions are alphabetically sorted, calibratable, set temperature variance control, 

optical and audible alarms, power failure mechanism, administrator and user control levels, 

internal CAN-Bus-technology, PID-regulation 

cc2: The practical model 

Generally as Ministat cc1, plus: Ramping function, 5-step internal programmer, 

process control capability, connection for external Pt100 probe 

cc3: The interactive model 

Generally as Ministat cc2, plus: 10-programme, 50-step internal programmer, 

RS232 and RS485 interface, analogue-interface (4 to 20 mA) 

Type Max. temp. 

range 

ministat 125-1 









2 

Heating 

capacity 

Cooling 

capacity 

kW at 0 °C 

°C W mm 

-25 to +150 

-25 to +150 

-25 to +150 

-33 to +200 

-33 to +200 

-33 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-40 to +200 

Thermostatic baths K6 

1000 

1000 

1000 

2000 

2000 

2000 

2000 

2000 

2000 

0.21 

0.21 

0.21 

0.35 

0.35 

0.35 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

225 x 370 x 360 

225 x 370 x 360 

225 x 370 x 360 

255 x 450 x 400 

255 x 450 x 400 

255 x 450 x 400 

300 x 465 x 455 

300 x 465 x 455 

300 x 465 x 455 

The K6 model is a compact heating and cooling thermostat with a small bath volume. 

It is available in the versions "basic -1", "practical -2" and "interactive -3". 

They have a pressure pump, enabling them to be used for temperature control in 

externally connected systems. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 760 

9.857 768 

9.857 769 

9.857 761 

9.857 770 

9.857 771 

9.857 762 

9.857 772 

9.857 773 

NEW: HCFC-free, cooling bath for exceptional performance in continuous operation up to 200°C. 

The three models K6 are a real low-buget-alternative to the Ministat. 

Temperature stability according to DIN 12876 is ±0.02 k. 

All models are fitted with an independent overtemperature protection device and 

a bath-fluid level monitoring device. 

Temperature stability to DIN 12876: 0.02K 


Heating capacity: 2 kW 

Pressure pump 


10 L/min./0.2 bar 


range 

CC1-K6 

CC2-K6 

CC3-K6 

Bath 

capacity 

Bath 

opening 

Cooling 

capacity kW at 

0/-10/-20 °C 

°C L mm mm 

-25 to +200 

-25 to +200 

-25 to +200 

4.5 

4.5 

4.5 

150 x 140 

150 x 140 

150 x 140 

0.15/0.1/0.05 

0.15/0.1/0.05 

0.15/0.1/0.05 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

210 x 370 x 535 

210 x 370 x 535 

210 x 370 x 535 

E & OE. 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 556 

9.857 557 

9.857 558 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

1 

2 

541

1 

2 

3 




range 

CC1-K12 

CC2-K12 

CC3-K12 

CC1-K15 

CC2-K15 

CC3-K15 

CC1-K20 

CC2-K20 

CC3-K20 

CC1-K25 

CC2-K25 

CC3-K25 

542 

1 

Thermostatic baths, K12 to K25 series 

The K12's to K25's series are thermostatic cooling/heating baths 

with large tank volumes. 

The CFC- and HCFC-free cryostat is suitable for continuous use between 

-20 and 50°C (ACC-range -20 to 50°C). 

Temperature stability acc. to DIN 12876 is ±0.02 K. 

Safety class FL III. 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20 °C 

Bath 

capacity 

Bath 

opening 

°C L mm mm 

-20 to (50) +200 

-20 to (50) +200 

-20 to (50) +200 

-20 to (50) +200 

-20 to (50) +200 

-20 to (50) +200 

-30 to (50) +200 

-30 to (50) +200 

-30 to (50) +200 

-30 to (50) +200 

-30 to (50) +200 

-30 to (50) +200 

0.18/0.1/- 

0.18/0.1/- 

0.18/0.1/- 

0.2/0.12/- 

0.2/0.12/- 

0.2/0.12/- 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

2 

12 

12 

12 

15 

15 

15 

20 

20 

20 

25 

25 

25 

Cold Baths 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

193 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 193 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

370 x 370 

295 x 370 

295 x 370 

E & OE. 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

350 x 558 x 375 

350 x 558 x 375 

350 x 558 x 375 

350 x 558 x 410 

350 x 558 x 410 

350 x 558 x 410 

350 x 558 x 550 

350 x 558 x 550 

350 x 558 x 550 

350 x 558 x 600 

350 x 558 x 600 

350 x 558 x 600 

Featured here are simply "cold baths" with volumes from 12 to 25 litres. 

These can be used in combination with an immersion heater or 

simply run at their lowest achievable temperature for use as "plunge pool" chillers. 

They are fully constructed from stainless steel. 

Temp. control range: 

K12/K15: -20 to +50 (200) °C 

K20/K25: -30 to +50 (200) °C 

Type Bath 

capacity 

K12 

K15 

K20 

K25 

Bath tank 

depth 

Bath 

opening 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20 °C 

L mm mm mm 

12 

15 

20 

25 

Type Capacity Heating 

capacity 

CC1-304B vpc 

CC2-304B vpc 

CC3-304B vpc 

CC1-308B vpc 

CC2-308B vpc 

CC3-308B vpc 

CC1-315B vpc 

CC2-315B vpc 

CC3-315B vpc 

*using displacement insert 

4 L 

4 L 

4 L 

8.5 L / 5.2 L* 

8.5 L / 5.2 L* 

8.5 L / 5.2 L* 

15 L / 8.5 L* 

15 L / 8.5 L* 

15 L / 8.5 L* 

3 

150 

200 

150 

200 

295 x 320 

295 x 320 

295 x 500 

295 x 500 

0.18/0.1/- 

0.2/0.12/- 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

0.35/0.3/0.21 

Compatible Control Thermostat series 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

350 x 558 x 215 

350 x 558 x 240 

350 x 558 x 370 

350 x 558 x 420 


Cat. No. PK 

9.857 559 

9.857 562 

9.857 563 

9.857 564 

9.857 565 

9.857 566 

9.857 567 

9.857 568 

9.857 569 

9.857 578 

9.857 575 

9.857 576 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 490 

9.857 491 

9.857 492 

9.857 493 

Compatible Control Thermostats are thermostatically controlled, heated or refrigerated, circulator baths 

fitted with a powerful pressure pump and Plug and Play technology. There is a choice of 36 models for 

temperatures ranging from -90 to 300°C using the same microprocessor controller. 

This is a unique advantage as it means that controllers can simply be exchanged when required for 

servicing without dismantling the unit: simply undo the screws, exchange controllers, and the unit is 

ready to use again. Air and water cooled models are unique and "Ministat" is the smallest cryostat in the world. 

Compatible Control Thermostats act as heating thermostats up to 300°C and particularly powerful 

refrigerated circulator baths (cryostats) down to -90°C. Also available: Ministat cc, the smallest cryostat 

in the world and the classic Unistat cc, created in 1976, the first thermostat in the world which can 

achieve maximum temperature (now 200°C) whilst refrigeration continues. 

A unique feature of all Compatible Control Thermostat refrigerated circulator baths. 

Temp. control range: (-20) +28 to +300°C 


Pump data 


Suction max.: 22 L/min./0.4 bar 

Stability to DIN 12876: 0.02 K 

2000 

2000 

2000 

3000 

3000 

3000 

3000 / 4000 

3000 / 4000 

3000 / 4000 

Supply 

req., 50 Hz 

W V mm 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230/ 400 

230/ 400 

230/ 400 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

210 x 310 x 390 

210 x 310 x 390 

210 x 310 x 390 

240 x 405 x 390 

240 x 405 x 390 

240 x 405 x 390 

335 x 385 x 430 

335 x 385 x 430 

335 x 385 x 430 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 470 

9.857 471 

9.857 472 

9.857 579 

9.857 580 

9.857 581 

9.857 582 

9.857 583 

9.857 584 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber


1 Thermoregulators, bridge mounted 

Bridge heating thermostat with 'vpc' speed-controlled pressure and suction pump. 

The telescopic bridging support is extendable up to 880 mm. 


range 

CC1-300B2x vpc 






2 

Variostat cc-1, -30°C 


capacity 

Supply 

req., 50 Hz 

°C W V mm 

(-20)28 to 300 

(-20)28 to 300 

(-20)28 to 300 

(-20)28 to 300 

(-20)28 to 300 

(-20)28 to 300 

2000 

2000 

2000 

3000 / 4000 

3000 / 4000 

3000 / 4000 

230 

230 

230 

230/400 

230/400 

230/400 

Thermostatic controller which can be used with both standard and non-standard bath 

tanks. With stainless steel housing, air-cooled refrigeration unit, pressure and suction 

pump, adjustable overtemperature protection and low liquid level protection, safety class: 

FL. Plug & Play Technology with a new generation of microprocessor Compatible Controller. 

Easy operation and digital display, choice of 3 different control units available. 

Heating capacity: 1 kW. 

Type Temp. 

range 

Pump 

cap. 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

345 x 190 x 380 

345 x 190 x 380 

345 x 190 x 380 

345 x 190 x 395 

345 x 190 x 395 

345 x 190 x 395 

Max. suction Cooling 

capacity KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-30°C 

Huber 

Huber 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 585 

9.857 586 

9.857 587 

9.857 588 

9.857 589 

9.857 591 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

°C L/min at bar L / min. / bar 

Variostat cc-1 -30 to +150 18 / 0.6 12 / 0.3 0.3/0.3/0.2/0.12/0.03 9.857 475 1 

3 automatic controller variants available 

3 

Cryostats, to -40°C 

- CC1-305 vpc 

Huber 

Large bath volume. 

- CC1-405 vpc/CC1-405w vpc/CC1-415 vpc/CC1-415wl vpc/CC1-505 vpc/ CC1-505wl vpc 

Circulators with small tank volumes particularly for external thermoregulation. Highest cooling power density and largest 

volume cooling capacity in their class. 

- CC1-410wl vpc 

With air and water-cooled refrigeration. 

Technical data 

Pump data 

max. Pressure: 33 L/min./0.7 bar 

max. Suction: 22 L/min./0.4 bar 

Supply requirement: 230 V 50 Hz 

Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876: 0.02 K 

Type Temp. 

range 

CC1-305 vpc 

CC1-405 vpc* 

CC1-405w vpc* 

CC1-415 vpc* 

CC1-415wl vpc* 

CC1-410wl vpc 

Capacity Heating 

capacity 

°C W 

-30 to +150 

-40 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-45 to +200 

20 

5 

5 

5 

5 

22/8,5** 

*400V version available on request 

**with restrictor set3 automatic controller variants available 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1500 

Cooling capacity KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-30/-40°C 

0.35/0.35/0.35/0.23/0.03/-- 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03 

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05 

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05 

0.8/0.8/0.8/0.5/0.15/0.1 

E & OE. 



3 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 480 

9.857 481 

9.857 482 

9.857 483 

9.857 484 

9.857 485 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

543

1 

2 



544 

1 


Compact design and high cooling capacity at low temperatures. 

Heating capacity 

CC1-505 series: 1.5 kW 

CC1-510 to CC1-525 series: 3.0 kW 

Pump data CC1-505 series 

max. pressure: 33 L/min./0.7 bar 

max. suction: 22 L/min./0.4 bar 

Pump data CC1-510 to CC1-525 series 

max. pressure: 31 L/min /0.6 bar 

max. suction: 24 L/min /0.35 bar 

Supply requirement 

CC1-505 series: 230 V/50 Hz 

CC1-510 to CC1-525 series: 400 V/50 Hz 

Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876: ±0.02 K 

Type Temp. 

range 

CC1-505 vpc* 

°C 

-50 to +200 

CC1-505wl vpc* -50 to +200 

CC1-510 vpc -50 to +100 

CC1-510w vpc -50 to +100 

CC1-515 vpc -55 to +100 

CC1-515w vpc -55 to +100 

CC1-520w vpc -55 to +100 

CC1-525w vpc -55 to +100 

*400V version available on request 

**using displacement insert 

3 automatic controller options available 

2 


Capacity Cooling capacity KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-40/-60°C 

5 L 

5 L 

18 L / 11 L** 

18 L / 11 L** 

26 L / 15 L** 

18 L / 11 L** 

17 L / 10 L** 

17 L / 10 L** 

E & OE. 

1.2/1.2/1/0.6/0.15 

1.2/1.2/1/0.6/0.15 

2.1/2.1/2.1/1.0/0.4 

2.4/2.4/2.4/1.0/0.4 

3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6 

3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6 

5.0/5.0/5.0/3.0/1.5 

7.0/7.0/5.0/3.0/1.5 

Economical alternative to CC181 for low temperatures, if a lower cooling power is 

acceptable. 

Pump data CC1-705 vpc/CC1-805 vpc: 

max. pressure: 33 L/min/0.7 bar 

max. suction: 22 L/min/0.4 bar 

Pump data CC1-820 vpc to CC1-905 vpc: 

max. pressure: 31 L/min/0.6 bar 

max. suction: 24 L/min/0.35 bar 

Supply requirement: 400 V 50 Hz 

CC1-815 vpc: 230 V 50 Hz 

Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876: ±0.02 K 

Type Temp. 

range 

CC1-705 vpc 

CC1-805 vpc 

CC1-815 vpc 

CC1-820 vpc 

CC1-820w vpc 

CC1-905 vpc 

CC1-905w vpc 

Capacity Heating 

capacity 

°C W 

-75 to +100 

-80 to +100 

-85 to +100 

-80 to +100 

-80 to +100 

-90 to +100 

-90 to +100 

*using displacement insert 

3 automatic controller options available 

5 L 

5 L 

5 L 

17 L / 10 L* 

17 L / 10 L* 

26 L / 15 L* 

26 L / 15 L* 

1500 

1500 

1500 

3000 

3000 

3000 

3000 

Cooling capacity KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-40/-60°C 

0.25/0.25/0.25/0.2/0.15/0.1 

0.5/0.5/0.5/0.4/0.3/0.3 

1.0/1.0/1.0/0.8/0.75/0.6 

1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.5 

1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.6 

2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0 

2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0 


Cat. No. PK 

9.857 460 

9.857 461 

9.857 462 

9.857 463 

9.857 464 

9.857 465 

9.857 466 

9.857 467 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 440 

9.857 441 

9.857 444 

9.857 442 

9.857 443 

9.857 445 

9.857 446 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber


Thermostatic circulators, Unistats 

Unistat thermostatic circulators are designed for external open or closed circuit applications. 

Unistats have a liquid expansion tank in place of a bath. The thermodynamic properties of 

the Unistat are unbeatable, as they individually use much smaller thermoregulation liquid 

volumes than conventional immersion thermostats and circulating baths. 

There is a choice of 47 models for temperatures ranging from -120 to 400°C using the 

same microprocessor controller with Plug and Play technology. 

It takes two to tango: The best thermodynamics and microelectronics. Hydraulically sealed, 

meaning no vapours, no leakage and no moisture absorption. With sealed expansion tank for 

open circuit applications. Tango and Unistat 360 can be placed under the workbench and the 

control panel positioned remotely on the workbench area using an adapter cable (Plug and Play). 

A complete range of refrigeration units is available; single-stage and multi-stage condensing, 

cascade compressors, air or water cooling. For use in laboratory and technology. 

Tango and large Unistats represent the forefront in thermostatic control technology. 

Safety class: Fl, III 

Stability: better than 0.05K 

1 

High temperature circulators, Unistat T 326 to 327, CC-400/401 series 


Cooling capacity kW at: 400/300/200/100°C 

T326 HT/T326w HT: --/10/10/6.0 

T327w HT: --/10/10/6.0 

CC401-3w HT: 10/10/10/10 


range 

T326 

T326 HT 

T326w HT 

T327 

T327w HT 

CC400-3 

CC401-3 

CC401w HT-3 

Heating Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm V 

(15) 65 to 300 

65 to 300* 

(15) 65 to 300 

(15) 65 to 300 

(15) 65 to 300 

75 to 400 

50 to 400 

50 to 400 

3.0 / 6.0 KW 

3.0 / 6.0 KW 

3.0 / 6.0 KW 

12.0 KW 

3.0 / 6.0 W 

3.0 KW 

3.0 / 9.0 KW 

3.0 / 9.0 KW 

* lowest temperature is at ambient temperature + 15K 

2 

425 x 220 x 635 

425 x 220 x 635 

425 x 220 x 635 

460 x 550 x 1336 

460 x 550 x 1336 

190 x 240 x 635 

285 x 330 x 735 

285 x 330 x 735 

Thermoregulator Circulators, Unistat, -55°C 


Tango/405 series: 1.5/3.0 kW 

Unistat 425 series: 2.0 kW 


Unistat 510/520 series: 6.0 kW 

Type Temp. 

range 

Tango nuevo 

Tango nuevo wl 

Unistat 405 

Unistat 405w 

Unistat 425 

Unistat 425w 

Unistat 430 

Unistat 430w 

Unistat 510w 

Unistat 520w 

Unistat 425w-FB* 




* Flat build version 

Pump 

cap. 

°C L/min at bar 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-50 to +250 

-55 to +200 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-50 to +250 

-55 to +200 

55 / 1.0 

55 / 1.0 

55 / 1.0 

55 / 1.0 

105 / 1.5 

105 / 1.5 

90 / 1.7 

90 / 1.7 

105 / 1.5 

60 / 1.5 

105 / 1.5 

70 / 1.5 

105 / 1.5 

60 / 1.5 

Supply 

req., 50 Hz 

Cooling capacity kW at 

250/200/100/0/-20/-40°C 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.06 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.05 

1.0/1.0/1.0/1.0/0.6/0.1 

1.0/1.0/1.0/1.3/0.7/0.15 

2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.8/0.2 

2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.8/0.2 

3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 

3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 

5.0/5.0/5.0/5.3/2.8/0.9 

--/5.0/5.0/6.0/4.2/1.5 

2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.9/0.2 

3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 

5.0/5.0/5.0/5.3/2.8/0.9 

--/5.0/5.0/6.0/4.2/1.5 

230/400 

230/400 

230/400 

400 

400 

230 / 50 / 60 

230/400 

230/400 

E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 654 

9.857 655 

9.857 656 

9.857 657 

9.857 658 

9.857 105 

9.857 106 

9.857 107 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 778 

9.857 779 

9.857 780 

9.857 781 

9.857 782 

9.857 783 

9.857 784 

9.857 785 

9.857 786 

9.857 787 

9.857 788 

9.857 789 

9.857 790 

9.857 791 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber 

1 

2 

545



Thermoregulators, Unistat, -60°C 

Working temperature range: -60 to +200°C 

Type Pump 

cap. 

Unistat 610w 

Unistat 615w 

Unistat 620w 

Unistat 625w 

Unistat 630w 

Unistat 635w 

Unistat 640w 

Unistat 645w 

1 

2 

546 


capacity 

L/min at bar W mm 

60 / 1.5 

60 / 1.5 

90 / 2.5 

90 / 2.5 

110 / 2.5 

110 / 2.5 

100 / 2.5 

100 / 2.5 

Type Temp. 

range 

Unistat 705 

Unistat 705w 

Unistat 815 

Unistat 815w 

Unistat 825 

Unistat 825w 

Unistat 830 

Unistat 830w 



* flat build version 

1 

6000 

12000 

12000 

12000 

24000 

24000 

30000 

36000 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

600 x 704 x 1517 

600 x 704 x 1517 

700 x 804 x 1515 

700 x 804 x 1515 

920 x 1004 x 1655 

920 x 1004 x 1655 

920 x 1204 x 1655 

1800 x 1200 x 1830 



200/100/0/-20/-40/-60°C 

7.0/7.0/7.0/6.4/3.3/0.8 

9.0/9.0/9.5/8.0/4.8/1.2 

12.0/12.0/12.0/12.0/6.5/1.8 

16.0/16.0/16.0/15.0/7.4/2.2 

22.0/22.0/21.0/20.0/15.0/5.0 

26.0/26.0/27.0/25.0/18.0/6.0 

30.0/30.0/32.0/27.0/20.0/6.0 

45.0/45.0/45.0/42.0/22.0/7.0 


Unistat 705 series: 1.5/3.0 kW 


Unistat 825/830 series: 3.0 kW 


Supply requirements: 400V 50Hz 

Unistat series: 230/400V 50Hz 

Dimensions (W x D x H) 

Unistat 705 series: 425 x 400 x 720 mm 

Unistat 815/825: series 460 x 604 x 1342 mm 

Unistat 830 series: 540 x 654 x 1500 mm 

Pump 

cap. 


-75 to +250 

-75 to +250 

-85 to +250 

-85 to +250 

-85 to +250 

-85 to +250 

-85 to +200 

-85 to +200 

-80 to +250 

-85 to +250 

55 / 1.2 

55 / 1.0 

40 / 1.1 

40 / 1.1 

40 / 1.1 

40 / 1.1 

40 / 1.1 

40 / 1.1 

40 / 1.1 

30 / 0.8 

2 

Cooling 


250/200/100°C 

0.6/0.6/0.6 

0.6/0.6/0.6 

1.3/1.3/1.3 

1.5/1.5/1.5 

2.3/2.3/2.3 

2.3/2.3/2.3 

4.0/4.0/3.8 

4.0/4.0/3.8 

1.5/1.5/1.5 

2.3/2.3/2.3 


E & OE. 

Cooling 


0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-- 

0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-- 

1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2 

1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2 

2.2/2.0/2.0/1.4/0.3 

2.4/2.4/2.4/1.5/0.3 

3.6/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.7 

3.7/3.6/3.6/2.2/0.7 

1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2 

2.4/2.4/2.4/1.5/0.3 

Operating range: -90 to +200°C 

Unistat 910w: -90 to +250°C 


Supply requirements: 400 V 50 Hz 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 

910w 600 x 704 x 1562 mm 

925w /930w 920 x 1204 x 1655 mm 

Type Pump 


cap. 

capacity 

910w 

925w 

930w 

L/min at bar W 

40 / 1.5 

57 / 1.3 

80 / 2.5 

6000 

12000 

24000 

Cooling 


250/200/100°C 

5.2 

16.0 

19.0 

Cooling 


0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

5.2/5.2/4.7/3.1/0.9 

16.0/16.0/15.0/13.5/3.5 

20.0/20.0/20.0/15.0/5.0 


Cat. No. PK 

9.857 774 

9.857 775 

9.857 776 

9.857 777 

9.857 756 

9.857 757 

9.857 758 

9.857 759 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 792 

9.857 793 

9.857 794 

9.857 795 

9.857 797 

9.857 798 

9.857 433 

9.857 434 

9.857 796 

9.857 799 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 435 

9.857 436 

9.857 437 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber




Supply requirements: 

Heating capacity (kW): 

400 V 50 Hz 

Unistat 1005w 2.0 kW 

Unistat 1015w 4.0 kW 


Unistat 1005w 

Unistat 1015w 

700 x 800 x 1515 

Type Temp. 

range 

Unistat 1005w 

Unistat 1015w 

1 

Hotbox 

Pump 

cap. 


-120 to +100 

-120 to +100 

30 at 0.8 

44 at 1.5 

Cooling 


100/0/-20/-60/-80/-100°C 

1.5/1.5/1.5/1.5/1.4/1.4/1.0 

2.5/2.5/2.5/2.5/2.5/2.0/2.0 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 438 

9.857 439 

Hotbox - really hot units - the new, compact, thermostatic circulators to regulate the 

temperature of external open circuit systems. 

Safety first: Safety compliance to industry and research standards are achieved with an adjustable 

overheat protection and liquid level protection (pressure switch). 

Housing and pump are constructed in stainless steel. HB to HB5 mounted on castors. 

The temperature is controlled using Compatible Control, interchangeable, 

microprocessor controllers and have 3 years warranty. 

Dimensions (W x D x H) 

HB1-1: 180 x 430 x 360 mm 

HB2-1 to HB5-1: 455 x 320 x 500 mm 

Supply req.: 400 V 50 Hz 

Type Temp. 

range 

HB1-1 

HB2-1 

HB3-1 

HB4-1 

HB5-1 

Pump 

connection 

Pump 

cap. 


capacity 

°C L/min at bar W 

+45 to +250 

+60 to +250 

+60 to +250 

+60 to +250 

+60 to +250 

3 different control units available. 

2 

M16 x 1 

M16 x 1 

M30 x 1.5 

M30 x 1.5 

M30 x 1.5 

18 at 0.5 

25 at 0.5 

75 at 0.5 

75 at 0.5 

90 at 2.5 

Beer "Forced Ageing" Thermostats 

4500 

6000 

6000 

12000 

12000 

We offer a special air- or water-cooled chiller unit for the Beer Forced Ageing test. 

Both models are equipped with a user-friendly programmer for the standard process 

between 0 and 60°C during a 24 hour cycle. 

The BFT 2 is for 20 bottles in the original Eurobox. 

The CFC free units comply with the safety class FL, III. 

Housings and bath parts are made of stainless steel. 


BFT 1-2/BFT 1w-2 420 x 590 x 700 mm 

BFT 4-2 540 x 600 x 795 mm 

BFT 2-2/BFT 2w-2 670 x 720 x 1070 mm 


BFT 2-2/BFT 2w-2 only: 400 V 50 Hz 

Type Temp. 

range 

BFT 1-2 

BFT 1w-2 

BFT 2-2 

BFT 2w-2 

BFT 4-2 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 


capacity 

°C mm mm W 

0 to +80 

0 to +80 

0 to +80 

0 to +80 

0 to +80 

280 x 280 

280 x 280 

530 x 400 

530 x 400 

300 x 400 

150 

150 

360 

360 

300 

2000 

2000 

3000 

3000 

2000 

Cooling 

capacity 

kW 

at 20 °C 

1.0 

1.0 

2.5 

2.5 

0.35 

E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 410 

9.857 411 

9.857 412 

9.857 413 

9.857 414 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 420 

9.857 421 

9.857 422 

9.857 423 

9.857 424 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber 

1 

2 

547

1 

2 

3 



548 

1 

Thread adapters 

E & OE. 



M16x1 male - M16x1 male 

M16x1 female - M16x1 female 

M16x1 male - ½" male 

M16x1 male - ½" female 

M16x1 female - ½" male 

M16x1 female - ½" female 

M16x1 male - ¾" female 

M16x1 female - ¾" female 

M16x1 female - M30x1.5 male 

M16x1 male - M30x1.5 male 

M16x1male - M30x1.5 female 

M30x1.5 male - M30x1.5 male 

M30x1.5 female - 3/8" male 

M30x1.5 male - ½" male 

M30x1.5 male - ½" female 

M30x1.5 female - ½" male 

M30x1.5 female - ½" female 

M30x1.5 male - ¾" male 

M30x1.5 male - ¾" female 

M30x1.5 female - ¾" NPT male 

M30x1.5 female - ¾" female 

M30x1.5 male - 1" male 

M30x1.5 female - 1" female 

½" female - ½" female 

½" female - ¾" female 

M38x1.5 female - 1" male 

M38x1.5 female - M30x1.5 male 

M38x1.5 female - ¾" male 

2 

Accessories M16x1 

9.857 176 

9.857 177 

9.857 178 

9.857 179 

9.857 180 

9.857 181 

9.857 182 

9.857 183 

9.857 184 

9.857 185 

9.857 186 

9.857 187 

9.857 188 

9.857 189 

9.857 190 

9.857 191 

9.857 192 

9.857 193 

9.857 194 

9.857 208 

9.857 195 

9.857 196 

9.857 197 

9.857 198 

9.857 199 

9.857 200 

9.857 201 

9.857 202 

Accessories Cat. No. PK 

Hose connector NW 8 

Hose connector NW 12 

Blank plug 

Nut 

Micro hose connector NW 3.2 

Connector 90° 

Ball valve 

2-way Header 

3-way Header 

4-way Header 

5-way Header 

2-way Valve System 




3 

Hose connection tubing, metal 

Insulated. 

9.857 145 

9.857 146 

9.857 147 

9.857 148 

9.857 149 

9.857 150 

9.857 151 

9.857 152 

9.857 153 

9.857 154 

9.857 206 

9.857 155 

9.857 156 

9.857 157 

9.857 207 

Type Max. 

temp. 

Length Cat. No. PK 

°C cm 

NW 10 M16 x 1 

350 100 

9.857 121 

1 

NW 10 M16 x 1 

350 150 

9.857 122 

1 

NW 10 M16 x 1 

350 200 

9.857 045 

1 

NW 10 M16 x 1 

350 300 

9.857 124 

1 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

350 100 

9.857 046 

1 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

350 150 

9.857 047 

1 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

350 200 

9.857 048 

1 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

350 300 

9.857 049 

1 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

350 100 

9.857 125 

1 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

350 150 

9.857 126 

1 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

350 200 

9.857 127 

1 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

350 300 

9.857 128 

1 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

350 100 

9.857 129 

1 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

350 150 

9.857 130 

1 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

350 200 

9.857 131 

1 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

350 300 

9.857 132 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber


Unichillers in Benchtop- and Tower-housing formats 

Intelligent, thermostatic circulation coolers designed using powerful and functional, 

state-of-the-art technology. 

Unichillers are available in a space-saving Tower-housing (T), or in the less expensive 

Benchtop-housing formats. 

Unichillers provide up to 10 kW of cooling capacity with the new generation, interchangeable 

microprocessor controllers 

Compatible Control cc1, cc2 or cc3: With easy, menu-driven operation, rotary setting digital 

control incorporating Enter function, user and administrator control levels. 

Unichillers with cooling capacity above 10 kW operate with the "Coolnet" stepper motor-controlled, 

expansion valve used in Tango and the larger Unistats. 

The Huber-designed, flow control system ensures optimal use of the evaporator and 

greatest efficiency at any working temperature. 

All Unichillers, from the smallest benchtop model up to 50 kW provide constant control, 

without large water tanks, and therefore have an unusually high cooling capacity, 

whether air-, or water-cooled. Temperature stability is always better than ±0.5 K. 

The maximum cooling capacity and the highest volume cooling capacity are obtained at 0°C or +15°C. 

Efficiency (EUR/Watt) also varies accordingly. 

When an accessory heater is installed (factory-fitted option) Unichillers become high performance 

industrial or process thermostats over a smaller temperature range (for example: -10 to +80°C). 

1 

Minichiller 

MiniChiller is the smallest thermostatic circulation cooler in the World. 

Compact, robust, economical, now with a stainless steel housing. 

Minichillers are available in four control versions. For economy the basic version 

is supplied without the advantages of the single Plug and Play controller technology, 

however performance is comparable with the functionally superior CC1- to CC3-controlled versions. 



Type Temp. 

range 

minichiller 

minichiller w 

minichiller-1* 

minichiller w-1* 

Pump 

cap. 


-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

* 3 different control units available 

2 

12 / 0.2 

12 / 0.2 

12 / 0.2 

12 / 0.2 

Cooling 


15/0/-10°C 

0.3/0.2/0.14 

0.3/0.2/0.14 

0.3/0.2/0.14 

0.3/0.2/0.14 

Unichillers in benchtop-housing format 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 717 

9.857 754 

9.857 753 

9.857 755 

Unichillers are intelligent, thermostatic circulation coolers in conventional, 

economical benchtop housings. 

Typically compact design with a small footprint fitting neatly to the depth of the bench. 

The more powerful models (UC015 and above) fit underneath the bench. 

With the exception of the Minichiller, all Unichillers operate using the interchangeable 

Compatible Control controllers. 

Using an accessory remote control kit, the controller can be separated from the Unichiller. 

All Unichillers have automatic power adjustment and can be factory-fitted with a heater 

All models are available with 3 different control units. 

Type 

UC0061A1 

UC0071 

UC015-1 

UC015w-1 

UC020-1 

UC020w-1 

UC022-1 

UC022w-1 

UC025-1 

UC025w-1 

Temp. 

range 

Supply 

req., 50 Hz 

Pump 

cap. 

°C V L/min at bar 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

3 different control units available 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

30 / 0.7 

22 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

25 / 3.0 

26.5 / 3.5 

Cooling 


15/0/-10°C 

0.6/0.5/0.22 

0.5/0.55/0.35 

1.5/1.0/0.4 

1.5/1.0/0.4 

2.0/2.0/1.3 

2.0/2.0/1.3 

2.2/1.6/1.0 

2.2/1.6/1.0 

2.5/2.0/1.2 

2.5/2.0/1.2 

E & OE. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 718 

9.857 721 

9.857 724 

9.857 727 

9.857 736 

9.857 739 

9.857 730 

9.857 733 

9.857 742 

9.857 745 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber 

1 

2 

549

1 

2 

3 



550 

1 

Unichiller (bench mounting) with air cooled refrigeration unit 


Dimensions (D x W x H): 350 x 310 x 615 mm 

Temp. 

range 

Pump 

cap. 


-25 to +40 

-25 to +40 

-25 to +40 

30 / 0.7 

30 / 0.7 

30 / 0.7 


2 

Cooling 


15/0/-10/-20°C 

0.6/0.45/0.25/0.07 

0.9/0.7/0.48/0.25 

1.2/1.0/0.7/0.4 

E & OE. 

(W/dm 3 ) at 

15°C / 0°C 

9.0/6.7 

13.5/10.5 

18.0/15.0 


Cat. No. PK 

9.857 001 

9.857 004 

9.857 007 

Unichiller (free standing unit) with air cooled refrigeration unit 

All models require 400V 50 Hz, except UC016T-1, UC020T-1 and UC025T-1 which 

require 230 V 50 Hz. 

Type Temp. 

range 

UC016T-1* -10 to +40 

UC020T-1* -20 to +40 

UC025T-1* -10 to +40 

UC040T-1* -10 to +40 

UC045T-1* -20 to +40 

UC055T-1* -10 to +40 

UC060T-1* -20 to +40 

UC080T-1* -10 to +40 

UC100T-4 -20 to +40 

UC110T-4 -10 to +40 

UC130T-4 -10 to +40 

UC150T-4 -20 to +40 

UC160T-4 -10 to +40 

UC200T-4 -10 to +40 

UC210T-4 -20 to +40 

UC250T-4 -10 to +40 

UC260T-4 -20 to +40 

UC300T-4** -10 to +40 

UC400T-4** -10 to +40 

Pump 

cap. 

Cooling 


15/0/-10/-20°C 

°C L/min at bar mm 


**without castors 

3 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

1.7/0.9/0.4/- 

2.0/2.0/1.3/0.5 

2.5/1.2/0.6/- 

4.0/1.5/2.5/- 

4.5/4.5/2.9/1.5 

5.5/3.0/1.3/- 

6.0/6.0/3.9/2.0 

8.0/4.8/2.5/- 

10.0/10.0/6.5/2.5 

11.0/6.0/2.7/- 

13.0/8.5/4.5/- 

15.0/15.0/9.7/3.7 

16.0/8.8/4.0/- 

20.0/11.0/7.0/- 

21.0/21.0/13.6/5.2 

25.0/14.0/6.2/- 

21.0/21.0/13.6/5.2 

30.0/16.5/7.5/- 

40.0/22.0/10.0/- 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

450 x 510 x 1160 

450 x 510 x 1160 

450 x 510 x 1160 

500 x 550 x 1265 

500 x 550 x 1265 

600 x 630 x 1600 

600 x 630 x 1600 

600 x 730 x 1600 

600 x 790 x 1570 

600 x 790 x 1570 

874 x 1185 x 1825 

874 x 1485 x 1825 

874 x 1185 x 1825 

874 x 1485 x 1825 

874 x 1985 x 1825 

874 x 1985 x 1825 

874 x 1985 x 1825 

874 x 1985 x 1825 

2500 x 1685 x 1800 

Unichiller (bench mounting) with water cooled refrigeration unit 

Pump capacity 30 L/min, pressure 0.7 bar. 

Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz 

Type Temp. 

range 

UC006Tw-1 

UC009Tw-1 

UC012Tw-1 

UC015Tw-1 

UC023Tw-1 

Cooling 

capacity kW 

at 15 °C 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20 °C 

°C mm 

-20 to +40 

-25 to +40 

-25 to +40 

-25 to +40 

-25 to +40 


0.6 

0.9 

1.2 

1.5 

2.3 

0.45/0.4/0.25 

0.7/0.4/0.2 

1.0/0.6/0.3 

1.2/0.8/0.4 

1.6/0.9/0.5 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

230 x 280 x 550 

230 x 280 x 550 

350 x 310 x 615 

350 x 310 x 615 

350 x 310 x 615 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 010 

9.857 013 

9.857 016 

9.857 019 

9.857 022 

9.857 025 

9.857 028 

9.857 031 

9.857 034 

9.857 035 

9.857 036 

9.857 037 

9.857 038 

9.857 039 

9.857 040 

9.857 041 

9.857 042 

9.857 043 

9.857 044 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 050 

9.857 053 

9.857 056 

9.857 059 

9.857 062 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

Huber


1 Unichiller (free-standing) with air cooled refrigeration unit 

All models require 400V 50 Hz, except UC016Tw-1, UC020Tw-1 and 

UC025Tw-1 which require 230 V 50 Hz. 

Type Temp. 

range 

UC016Tw-1* 

UC020Tw-1* 

UC025Tw-1* 

UC030Tw-1* 

UC040Tw-1* 

UC055Tw-1* 

UC060Tw-1* 

UC080Tw-1* 

UC100Tw-4 

UC110Tw-4 

UC130Tw-4 

UC150Tw-4 

UC160Tw-4 

UC200Tw-4 

UC210Tw-4 

UC250Tw-4 

UC260Tw-4 

UC300Tw-4** 

UC400Tw-4** 

UC500Tw-4** 

Pump 

cap. 

Cooling 


15/0/-10/-20°C 

°C L/min at bar mm 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 

-10 to +40 


**without castors 

2 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

22 / 3.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

90 / 5.5 

65 / 4.0 

65 / 4.0 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

200 / 4.8 

220 / 4.5 

220 / 4.5 

260 / 5.2 

220 / 4.7 

220 / 4.5 

1.7/0.9/0.4/- 

2.0/2.0/1.3/0.5 

2.5/1.2/0.6/0.1 

3.0/3.0/2.0/1.0 

4.0/1.5/2.5/- 

5.5/4.0/2.0/- 

6.0/6.0/3.8/2.1 

8.0/4.65/2.35/- 

10.0/10.0/6.3/3.0 

11.0/5.8/2.55/- 

13.0/7.0/3.0/- 

15.0/15.0/10.0/5.0 

16.0/9.5/5.5/- 

20.0/10.7/4.7/- 

21.0/21.0/15.5/9.5 

25.0/13.6/5.8/- 

26.0/26.0/20.0/12.0 

30.0/16.0/7.1/- 

40.0/21.0/10.0/- 

50.0/26.0/-/- 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

500 x 550 x 1265 

500 x 550 x 1265 

500 x 550 x 1265 

600 x 600 x 1450 

600 x 600 x 1450 

600 x 600 x 1450 

760 x 800 x 1560 

600 x 600 x 1450 

760 x 800 x 1560 

760 x 800 x 1560 

760 x 800 x 1560 

760 x 800 x 1560 

760 x 900 x 1560 

760 x 900 x 1560 

1000 x 920 x 1665 

Thermoregulators Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC and ME 

For thermoregulation of bath tanks up to 50 litres. 

With bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26 mm or 

retort stand mounting using accessory rod. 

Economy ED series 

- Bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C 

- Keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value 

- PID1 temperature control 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1) 

Economy EH series 

- Enhanced temperature range up to +150°C 


Cat. No. PK 

9.857 065 

9.857 068 

9.857 071 

9.857 074 

9.857 077 

9.857 080 

9.857 083 

9.857 086 

9.857 089 

9.857 090 

9.857 091 

9.857 092 

9.857 093 

9.857 094 

9.857 095 

9.857 096 

9.857 097 

9.857 098 

9.857 099 

9.857 100 

TopTech MB series 

- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage 

- PID2 temperature control with drift compensation 

- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration 

- Early warning system for low liquid level 

- RS232 interface 

TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with: 

- PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity 

TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with: 

- VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C 

- Pt100 External sensor connection 

- Integral programmer for 10 programme steps 

Type Temp. 

range 

Economy ED 

Economy EH 

TopTech MB 

TopTech MC 

TopTech ME 

Temp. 

stability 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min at bar 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.01 

0.031 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.858 003 

9.858 000 

9.858 001 

9.858 002 

9.858 004 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

JULABO 

1 

2 

551

1 

2 



552 

1 

2 

Circulator baths, Economy ED, EH series and TopTech MB, MC series 

Open bath circulator for internal and external temperature tasks directly in the bath. 

Working temperature ranges: 

- with stainless steel bath tank: up to 100°C (without suffix) 

- with Plexiglas bath tank up to 60°C (Suffix 'A') 

- with Makrolon bath tank up to 100°C (Suffix 'M') 







- Extended temperature range up to +150°C 



- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and set-point values, warning/safety functions and pump status 





Type Temp. 

range 

Economy ED-5A 

Economy ED-5M 

Economy ED-5 

Economy EH-5 

Economy EH-13 

Economy EH-19 

Economy EH-27 

Economy EH-33 

Economy EH-39 

TopTech MB-5A 

TopTech MB-7A 

TopTech MB-5M 

TopTech MB-5 

Circulator Baths, Economy ED and TopTech MB series 

Open bath circulators only for lower temperature range tasks performed internally, 

directly in the bath. 

Working temperature ranges: 

- with stainless steel bath tank: up to 100°C (without suffix) 

- with Plexiglas bath tank up to 60°C (Suffix 'A') 

- with Makrolon bath tank up to 100°C (Suffix 'M') 





- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection 


- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump status 





Type Temp. 

range 

Economy ED-5A/B 

Economy ED-7A/B 

Economy ED-5M/B 

Economy ED-13A 

Economy ED-19A 

Economy ED-13M 

Economy ED-19M 

Economy ED-13 

Economy ED-19 

Economy ED-27 

Economy ED-33 

TopTech MB-13A 

TopTech MB-19A 

TopTech MB-13 

TopTech MB-17 

TopTech MB-19 

Temp. 

stability 

E & OE. 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min at bar L 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

Temp. 

stability 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min at bar L 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +150 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +60 

+20 to +100 

+20 to +100 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 


Cap. Cat. No. PK 

5 

7 

5 

13 

19 

13 

19 

13 

19 

27 

33 

13 

19 

13 

17 

19 

Cap. Cat. No. PK 

5 

5 

5 

5 

13 

19 

27 

33 

39 

5 

7 

5 

4.5 

9.858 037 

9.857 812 

9.858 032 

9.858 036 

9.858 056 

9.858 057 

9.858 058 

9.858 059 

9.858 060 

9.858 034 

9.858 035 

9.857 820 

9.858 031 

9.857 804 

9.857 805 

9.857 806 

9.858 028 

9.858 029 

9.857 807 

9.857 808 

9.858 016 

9.858 017 

9.858 010 

9.857 810 

9.858 025 

9.858 030 

9.858 011 

9.858 020 

9.858 012 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

JULABO


1 

Heating circulator baths, TopTech and HighTech serieswith pressure pump 

Principally for temperature control of external systems. Models with pressure and 

suction pump generally have a higher capacity and can be used for larger and open 

circuit systems. Smaller vessels can be thermoregulated directly in the bath tank. 

For working at lower temperature ranges the cooling coil is integrated. 

TopTech MC series 

- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump status 

- PID2, temperature control with drift compensation 

- ATC3, 3-point calibration 




TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but with additional: 


- Pt100 external sensor connection 

HighTech HE, SE series - as TopTech ME, but with additional: 

- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimising temperature control 

- powerful pressure and suction pump. Pressure 0.4 to 0.7 bar, Suction 0.2 to 0.4 bar 

HighTech HL, SL series - as HighTech HE, SE, but with additional: 

- LCD Dialogue Display for convenient interactive operation 

- TCF Temperature Control Features to optimise control behaviour 

- Integral programmer for 6 x 60 programme steps 

- Connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump 

Type Temp. 

range 

TopTech MC-4 

TopTech MC-6 

TopTech MC-12 

TopTech MC-26 

TopTech ME-4 

TopTech ME-6 

TopTech ME-12 

TopTech ME-26 

HighTech HE-4 

HighTech SE-6 

HighTech SE-12 

HighTech SE-26 

HighTech HL-4 

HighTech SL-6 

HighTech SL-12 

HighTech SL-26 

Temp. 

stability 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min at bar bar 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +200 

+20 to +250 

+20 to +300 

+20 to +300 

+20 to +300 

+20 to +250 

+20 to +300 

+20 to +300 

+20 to +300 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

E & OE. 



JULABO 

Suction Cat. No. PK 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

1 

9.858 041 

9.857 828 

9.858 043 

9.857 830 

9.857 831 

9.857 824 

9.857 832 

9.857 833 

9.858 044 

9.858 049 

9.858 047 

9.858 048 

9.858 050 

9.858 054 

9.858 051 

9.858 052 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

553

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

Economy F12-ED 

Economy F25-ED* 

Economy F26-ED** 

Economy F34-ED 

Economy F12-EH 





TopTech F12-MB 

TopTech F25-MB* 

TopTech F12-MC 


TopTech F25-ME* 

TopTech F26-ME** 

* Compact units 

**Low-profile design 

554 

E & OE. 


1 Refrigerated circulator baths, Economy ED, EH series, TopTech MB, MC, ME and 

HighTech HE, HL series 

For temperature control of external closed circuit systems, such as photometers, 

refractometers, viscometers etc. Smaller objects can be thermoregulated directly in the 

bath tank. 







- Extended temperature range up to +150°C 



- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage 





TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with: 


TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with: 


- Pt100 external sensor connection 


HighTech HE series - as TopTech ME, but additionally with: 

- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control 

- powerful pressure and suction pump, capacity max. 1.1 bar, electronically adjustable 

HighTech HL series - as HighTech HE, but additionally with: 

- LCD Dialogue Display, backlit for convenient interactive operation 




Temp. 

stability 

Cooling capacity kW 

at 20/0/-20°C 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min at bar 

-20 to +100 

-28 to +100 

-28 to +100 

-30 to +100 

-20 to +150 

-28 to +150 

-35 to +150 

-30 to +150 

-35 to +80 

-20 to +100 

-28 to +100 

-20 to +200 

-28 to +200 

-20 to +200 

-28 to +200 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.05 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.92/0.66/0.32 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

Cat. No. PK 

9.857 841 

9.858 062 

9.857 844 

9.858 075 

9.857 842 

9.857 843 

9.857 846 

9.857 847 

9.857 848 

9.858 413 

9.858 414 

9.857 850 

9.858 061 

9.857 849 

9.858 066 

Refrigerated circulator baths, Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC, ME series and HighTech HE, HL series 

Type Temp. 

range 




TopTech FP35-MC 

TopTech F32-ME 



HighTech F25-HE 



HighTech F25-HL 




HighTech FP35-HL 

Temp. 

stability 


at 20/0/-20°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-35 to +200 

-30 to +200 

-30 to +150 

-35 to +150 

-35 to +200 

-30 to +200 

-30 to +150 

-28 to +200 

-35 to +200 

-30 to +150 

-28 to +200 

-35 to +200 

-30 to +200 

-30 to +150 

-35 to +150 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0,01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.50/0.32/0.12 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.46/0.34/0.15 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.50/0.32/0.12 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.26/0.20/0.06 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.26/0.20/0.06 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.50/0.32/0.12 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 


- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

9.858 069 

9.858 078 

9.858 074 

9.857 856 

9.857 857 

9.857 858 

9.857 859 

9.858 063 

9.858 071 

9.857 867 

9.858 064 

9.858 072 

9.857 870 

9.858 085 

9.857 872 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

JULABO


E & OE. 



Refrigerated circulator baths Economy ED, EH series, TopTech MB, MC, ME and HighTech HE, HL series 

Type Temp. 

range 



TopTech FP40-ME 

TopTech FP50-ME 

HighTech FP40-HE 






FP-models: air-cooled 

1 

Temp. 

stability 


at 20/0/-20/-40°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-40 to +200 

-50 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-50 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-42 to +200 

-50 to +200 

-40 to +200 

-42 to +200 

-50 to +200 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.85/0.7/0.42/0.08 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.85/0.7/0.42/0.08 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

Refrigerated circulator baths series Economy and HighTech 

The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall 

dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex 

installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and safety class 3 according to DIN12876-1. 

The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as ventilated air cooling allow the units to be 

positioned very closely together, with other units or directly under a fume hood. 

Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a 

bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. 

Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. 

The instruments incorporate reliable Microprocessor electronics offering high temperature stability 

as well as warning and safety functions. 

Economy line CF30, CF40 

- Ergonomic design and easy operation 

- Compact dimensions require minimal space 

- Splash-proof keypad 

- Large, bright LED temperature display 

- Precise PID temperature control 

- RS232 interface for PC connection 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out 

- Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1 

- Pump connections for external temperature applications 

- Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath 

- Front drain 

HighTech line CF31, CF41 

Generally as Economy line but additionally with: 

- Bright VFD display and interactive LCD dialogue display 

- Highly precise ICC cascade temperature control 

- RS232/RS485 interface for PC connection 

- Electronically adjustable pump output 

- External Pt100 sensor connection 

- Integrated programmer with 6 x 60 program steps 


- 3-point calibration 

- TCF Temperature Control Features 

Type Temp. 

range 

CF30 

CF40 

CF31 

CF41 

Temp. 

stability 


at 20/0/-20°C 

Pump 

cap. 


- 

- 

- 

- 

0.4 to 0.7 

0.4 to 0.7 

0.4 to 0.7 

0.4 to 0.7 

0.4 to 0.7 

0.4 to 0.7 


-30 to +150 

-40 to +150 

-30 to +200 

-40 to +200 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

0.32 / 0.25 / 0.15 

0.47 / 0.4 / 0.28 

0.32 / 0.25 / 0.15 

0.47 / 0.4 / 0.28 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

JULABO 

9.858 080 

9.858 081 

9.857 862 

9.857 863 

9.858 455 

9.858 458 

9.858 456 

9.857 878 

9.858 459 

9.858 460 

1 


- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

9.858 086 

9.858 087 

9.858 088 

9.858 089 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

555

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

F70-ME 

F81-ME 

F83-ME 

FP88-ME 

F81-HL 

F83-HL 

FP88-HL 

F95-SL 

FW95-SL 

FP52-SL 

FPW52-SL 

FP55-SL 

FPW55-SL 

FP90-SL 

FPW90-SL 

FPW91-SL 

556 

Temp. 

stability 

E & OE. 


1 Ultra-low refrigerated, Circulator Baths TopTech ME series and HighTech HL, SL 

series 

Ultra-low refrigerated, circulators suitable for external heating and cooling tasks. 

Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee 

short heat-up and cooling times. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in 

refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed, vent grille. 

The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. 

All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be emptied easily. 

Additionally the instruments are equipped with improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, 

and have a visual liquid level display. 

TopTech ME series 


- Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions 

- PID3 cascade temperature control 


- Pt100 external sensor connection for measurement and control 


- Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8) 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display 



- Active Cooling Control 

HighTech HL, SL series - as TopTech ME series, but with additional 

- LCD Dialogue Display, backlit for convenient interactive operation 

- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimising temperature control 


- RS232/RS485 interface 




20/0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-70 to +100 

-81 to +100 

-83 to +50 

-88 to +100 

-81 to +100 

-83 to +50 

-88 to +100 

-95 to 0 

-95 to 0 

-60 to +100 

-60 to +100 

-55 to +100 

-60 to +100 

-90 to +100 

-90 to +100 

-91 to +100 


FPW-models: water-cooled 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.20 

0.34/0.22/0.17/0.13/0.07/-- 

0.45/0.38/0.36/0.32/0.27/0.07 

0.9/0.78/0.72/0.6/0.38/0.12 

1.1/0.96/0.92/0.73/0.59/0.15 

0.45/0.38/0.36/0.32/0.27/0.07 

0.9/0.78/0.72/0.6/0.38/0.12 

1.1/0.96/0.92/0.73/0.59/0.15 

--/2.0/1.9/1.65/1.2/0.36 

--/2.0/1.9/1.65/1.2/0.36 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65/0.1/-- 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65/0.1/-- 

5.2/4.1/2.2/0.7/0.13/-- 

5.5/4.1/2.2/1.0/0.13/-- 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75/0.15 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75/0.15 

5.2/4.7/4.0/3.5/2.3/0.8 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 


- 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

9.858 462 

9.858 463 

9.857 883 

9.857 884 

9.858 476 

9.858 477 

9.858 478 

9.857 888 

9.857 889 

9.858 466 

9.858 467 

9.858 479 

9.858 465 

9.858 473 

9.858 474 

9.857 898 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO


1 

Ultra-low refrigerated circulator bathswith extended temperature range 

For specifications -please see TopTech series page 556. 

Type Temp. 

range 

FP52-SL 

°C 

-60 to +150 

FPW52-SL 

-60 to +150 

FP55-SL 

-55 to +150 

FPW55-SL 

-60 to +150 

FP90-SL 

-90 to +150 

FPW90-SL 


-90 to +150 

FPW-models: water-cooled 

2 

Flow coolers, FL series 


20/0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65 /0.1/-- 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65 /0.1/-- 

5.2/4.1/2.2/0.7/0.13/-- 

5.5/4.1/2.2/1.0 / 0.13/-- 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75 /0.15 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75 /0.15 

- Working temperature range covers -20°C to +40°C, 

the temperature stability of the PID control is ±0.5°C 

- Splash-proof keypad with integral mains switch 

- Large, bright LED display 

- Reliable Microprocessor PID temperature control 

- Filling level indicator 

- Powerful immersion pumps, suitable for continuous operation 

- Permissible temperature within return line: +80°C max. 

- Easy filling from the top with hinged protective lid 

- Low liquid level protection with visual and audible alarm signal 

- Stainless steel bath tanks 

- Removable venting grille for cleaning of the condenser 

- Front drain 

- No side vents 

- RS232 interface for PC connection 

- IP class according to IEC 529: IP21 

- Pressure indicator 

- Adjustable bypass for pump pressure 

Type Temp. 

range 

FL300 

FL601 

FL1201 

FL1203 

FL1701 

Fl1703 

FL2503 

Fl2506 

FL4003 

FL4006 

FL7006 

FL11006 

Temp. 

stability 

Cooling 


20/0/-10°C 

Pressure Flow 

rate 

°C ± °C bar l / min. 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.3 / 0.2 / 0.15 

0.6 / 0.4 / 0.33 

1.2 / 0.9 / 0.6 

1.2 / 0.8 / 0.5 

1.7 / 1.1 / 1.0 

1.7 / 1.0 / 0.9 

2.5 / 1.5 / 1.2 

2.5 / 1.4 / 1.1 

4.0 / 2.4 / 1.5 

4.0 / 2.3 / 1.4 

7.0 / 5.5 / 3.0 

11.0 / 7.5 / 5.0 

0.35 

1.0 

1.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

1.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

Flow coolers, FL series, with watercooled chiller 

Type Temp. 

range 

FLW1701 

FLW1703 

FLW2503 

FLW2506 

FLW4003 

FLW4006 

FLW7006 

FLW11006 

Temp. 

stability 

Cooling 


20/0/-10°C 

15 

40 

40 

60 

40 

60 

60 

80 

60 

80 

80 

80 

E & OE. 



Cat. No. PK 

9.857 899 

9.857 900 

9.857 901 

9.857 902 

9.857 903 

9.857 904 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.698 530 

9.698 531 

9.698 532 

9.698 533 

9.698 534 

9.698 535 

9.698 536 

9.698 537 

9.698 538 

9.698 539 

9.698 540 

9.698 541 

Pressure Flow 

rate 

°C ± °C bar l / min. 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

-20 to +40 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

1.7 / 1.1 / 1.0 

1.7 / 1.0 / 0.9 

2.7 / 1.7 / 1.3 

2.7 / 1.6 / 1.2 

4.3 / 2.5 / 1.6 

4.3 / 2.4 / 1.5 

7.4 / 6.0 / 3.1 

11.5 / 8.0 / 5.1 

1.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

15 

60 

60 

80 

60 

80 

80 

80 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

JULABO 

1 

2 

Cat. No. PK 

9.698 542 

9.698 543 

9.698 544 

9.698 545 

9.698 546 

9.698 547 

9.698 548 

9.698 549 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

557

1 

2 



558 

1 

Thermostatic controllers, GD100K/GD100 

Temperature range 0 to +100°C. With PID control, LED display, visual alarm and fault 

indication display. 

Model: GD100 

Temperature range without tank: 0 to +100°C 

Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to +100°C 

Temperature range with P tank*: Amb. +5 to +99°C 

Primary display: 4-digit LED 

Secondary display: none 

Display resolution: 0.1 

Number of recorded temp. values: 4 

RS232 interface: no 

Relay: no 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 1.4 kW 

Pump max. pressure: no pump 

Flow rate max.: 

no pump 

Total dimensions incl. clamp: 115 x 145 x 315 mm 

E & OE. 


Type Description Cat. No. PK 

GD 100K with clamp 

GD 100 without clamp 

* S= stainless steel, P= malleable plastic 

2 

Thermostatic controllers GD120K/GD120 

Temperature range -20 to +120°C. 

As GD 100 series, but powerful external circulating pump, 

timer from 0 to 9999 minutes and variable alarm setting. 

Model: GD120 

Temperature range without tank: -20 to +120°C 

Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to +120°C 



Secondary display: none 


Number of stored temp. values: 4 

RS232 interface: no 

Relay: no 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 1.4 kW 

Pump max. pressure: 270 mbar 

Flow rate max.: 17 L/min 

Total dimensions excl. clamp: 115 x 145 x 315 mm 

9.699 075 

9.699 076 


GD120K with clamp 

GD120 without clamp 


9.699 077 

9.699 078 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant


1 

Thermostatic controllers GR150K/GR150 

Temperature range -50 to +150°C. Soft-Touch rotor for simple navigation, LED display 

and separate 2-line LCD for programming, timer, visual and audible alarms, RS232 interface, 

programmable relay, temperature limit for different liquid types. 

Connector for external Pt1000 sensor, memory for 1 programme with up to 30 segments. 

Labwise PC software optional for programming from the user's PC. 

Model: GR 150 


Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to +150°C (for 5/12/18 litres) 

-15 to +150°C (for 26/38 litres) 



Secondary display: 2-line LCD 



RS 232 interface: yes 

Relay: 1 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 2 kW 

Pump max. pressure: 270 mbar 

Flow rate max.: 17 L/min 



GR 150 K with clamp 

GR 150 without clamp 


2 

Thermostatic controllers GP200K/GP200 

E & OE. 

9.699 079 

9.699 080 

Temperature range -50 to +200°C. Generally as GR 150 series, but with variable flow 

rate and programmable. Includes temperature ramp up to target temperature and 

relay. Five programmes can be stored with up to 30 segments. 

Model: GP 200 


Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to +200°C (for 5/12/18 litres) 

Temperature range with P tank*: -15 to +200°C (for 26/38 litres) 

Amb. +5 to +99°C 


Secondary display: 2-line LCD 

Display resolution: 0.01 (LCD) 


RS 232 interface: yes 

Relay: 2 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 2 kW 

Pump max. Pressure: 460 mbar 

Flow rate max.: 21 L/min. (adj.) 



GP 200 K with clamp 

GP 200 without clamp 


Drain syphon 

9.699 081 

9.699 082 

For the rapid draining of baths. Grant 


Drain syphon 9.699 096 1 

3 

Labwise software 

Permits the remote set-up and programming of GR150 and GP200 thermostats from a PC. 

Real-time temperature/time profile and graphic representation of processes. 

Profile documentation and programme memory on disk. 

Requires IBM-compatible PC with Pentium II processor and Windows 98 software or higher. 

Connector cable supplied. 


Software 9.699 165 1 



1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

3 

559

1 

2 



3 4 

5 6 

7 

560 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series 

Complete units including plastic or stainless steel bath, bridge mounting plate and 

thermostatic controller. For 220 - 240 V 50/60 Hz. Please refer to controller 

specifications for supply requirements. 

Accessory polypropylene spheres or a lid must be used at temperatures 

between +60 and +100°C. Above +100°C only a lid must be used. 

Accessory cooling is required for temperatures below ambient. 

Please order lid separately. 

Type Capacity Material Max. temp. 

range 

litres °C 

GA100P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GA100P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GA100P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GA100S5 

5 Stainless steel 0 to +100 

GA100S12 


GA100S18 


GA100S26 


GA100S38 


GD100P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD100P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD100P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD100S5 


GD100S12 


GD100S18 


GD100S26 


GD100S38 


GD120P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD120P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD120P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD120S5 


GD120S12 


GD120S18 


GD120S26 

26 Stainless steel -15 to +120 

GD120S38 


GR150P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GR150P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GR150P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GR150S5 


GR150S12 


GR150S18 


GR150S26 


GR150S38 


GP200P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GP200P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GP200P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GP200S5 


GP200S12 


GP200S18 


GP200S26 


GP200S38 


7 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series, raised shelves 

The effective liquid depth is reduced in order to place small or 

shallow containers in the bath. 

E & OE. 


Cat. No. PK 

9.699 185 

9.699 186 

9.699 187 

9.699 188 

9.699 189 

9.699 190 

9.699 191 

9.699 192 

9.699 193 

9.699 194 

9.699 195 

9.699 196 

9.699 197 

9.699 198 

9.699 199 

9.699 200 

9.699 201 

9.699 202 

9.699 203 

9.699 204 

9.699 205 

9.699 206 

9.699 207 

9.699 208 

9.699 209 

9.699 210 

9.699 211 

9.699 212 

9.699 213 

9.699 214 

9.699 215 

9.699 216 

9.699 217 

9.699 218 

9.699 219 

9.699 220 

9.699 221 

9.699 222 

9.699 223 

9.699 224 


For bath with capacity 12 l 




9.699 092 

9.699 093 

9.699 094 

9.699 095 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant


1 

Test tube racks for Optima baths 

Manufactured in stainless steel, with lifting handles. 

Available for test tubes with an external diameter of 10 to 13 mm, 16 to 19 mm or 

30 mm, 0.5 ml or 1.5 ml microcentrifuge tubes. 

QR racks can only be used with 5 litre baths. 

VR racks can only be used with 12, 18, 26 and 38 litre baths. 

Max. number of racks per bath: 

5 litres: S5, P5 1 x QR 

12 litres: S12, P12 2 x VR 

18 litres: S18, P18 4 x VR 

26 litres: S26 4 x VR 

38 litres: S38 

Max. number of test tubes per rack: 

6 x VR 

(test tube Ø): VR QR 

10 to 13 mm 65 30 

16 to 19 mm 36 16 

24 mm 23 10 

30 mm 14 5 

0.5 ml microtube 102 44 

1.5 ml microtube 75 35 


QR 13 

QR 19 

QR 24 

QR 30 

QR SE 

QR LE 

VR 13 

VR 19 

VR 24 

VR 30 

VR SE 

VR LE 

2 3 4 

30 x 10/13 mm test tubes 


10 x 24 mm test tubes 


44 x 0.5 ml micro test tubes 








Thermostatic baths, Optima series, P tanks 

Robust plastic baths for use at temperatures from ambient +5°C to +99°C. 

Supplied with bridge mounting plate for Optima series controllers without 

clamps and built-in lifting handles at casing ends. 

Liquid depth for all models min./max.: 80/140 mm. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm 

P 5 

P 12 

P 18 

5 6 7 

5 

12 

18 

390 x 200 x 170 

415 x 350 x 170 

600 x 350 x 170 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series, S tanks 

E & OE. 

9.699 130 

9.699 131 

9.699 132 

9.699 133 

9.699 134 

9.699 135 

9.699 136 

9.699 137 

9.699 138 

9.699 139 

9.699 140 

9.699 141 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.905 710 

9.905 711 

9.905 712 

Stainless steel baths with outer casing made of glass-reinforced plastic providing 

excellent insulation properties. Resistant to common acids and solvents. 

Supplied with bridge mounting plate for Optima series controllers without clamps and 

built-in lifting handles at casing ends. 

S5/S12/S18 S26/38 

Operating range: 0 to +200°C -15 to +200°C 

Suitable immersion cooler C1G C1G, C2G 

Liquid depth min/max.: 80/140 mm 130/190 mm 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm 

S 5 

S 12 

S 18 

S 26 

S 38 

5 

12 

18 

26 

28 

325 x 175 x 175 

350 x 325 x 175 

530 x 325 x 225 

530 x 325 x 225 

720 x 390 x 225 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.905 713 

9.905 714 

9.905 715 

9.905 716 

9.905 717 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

3 4 

5 

6 7 

561

1 

2 

3 

4 


Thermostats, cryostats-Water baths 

562 

1 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series, lids 

Available in moulded plastic or stainless steel, flat or gabled with hinge as indicated (*). 

E & OE. 


Type Description Material For Cat. No. PK 

PL 5 

PL 12 

PL 18 

FG 5 

LG 12 

LG 26 

LG 38 

2 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Gabled* 

Gabled* 

Gabled* 

Heating bath HB 4 basic 

Stainless steel 

Plastic 

Plastic 





bath P 5 

bath P 12 

bath P 18 

bath S 5 

bath S 12 

bath S 18 and S 26 

bath S 38 

9.699 085 

9.699 086 

9.699 087 

9.699 088 

9.699 089 

9.699 090 

9.699 091 

- cylindrical design 

- manufactured in high-quality, recyclable materials 

- one carrying handle moulding incorporates control electronics and setting dial 

- heating elements are situated underneath the bath tank 

- suitable for use with both oil (50 mPas) and water 

- useful volume 4 litres 

- heater power 1000 W 

- steplessly adjustable safety temperature limiter according to DIN 12877 

- Double-walled, bath housing and carrying handles provide protection against accidental burns 

Temperature range: 

ambient to +225°C 

Temperature setting: Scale 

Material: stainless steel (AISI 304) 

Ext./int. diameters: 340/200 mm 

Ext./int. height: 250/160 mm 


Housing protection rating (DIN 40050): IP42 

Setting accuracy: ±5 K 

Offset: ±5 K 


HB 4 basic 9.906 104 1 

3 

Heating baths HBR 4 digital 

A digital heating bath characterised by: 

- digital display for set, actual, and overtemperature safety as well as stirring speed 

- Fuzzy Logic electronic control 

- Integral magnetic stirring drive to circulate the bath heating liquid, 

enhancing heat distribution in the bath 

- further data - see heating bath HB 4 basic (9.906 104) 

Temperature range: 

ambient to +200°C 

Speed range: 100 to 800 rpm 

Material: stainless steel (AISI 304) 

Ext./int. diameters: 340/200 mm 

Ext./int. height: 250/160 mm 


Protection class DIN EN 60529: IP21 


HBR 4 digital 9.906 106 1 

4 

Accessories for HB- baths 


Set of rings H 240 * 

Intermediate base H 159 ** 

* For HB 4 basic and HBR 4 digital baths. 

** Allows insertion of vessels into the bath HB R 4, without affecting the stirrer motion. 

9.906 121 

9.906 125 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

IKA 

IKA 

IKA


1 

Water baths, 1000 series 

Models 1002/1003/1004/1005/1008. 

For incubation, culture pasteurisation and a variety of alternative applications. 

Rapid heating times. Digital temperature adjustment and display, in 0.1°C steps. 

Splashproof, membrane keypad with graphical function indicators. 

Two-finger operation prevents accidental alteration of selected set points. 

Electronic, set point-dependent, overtemperature cut-out to protect samples and low water 

cut-out to protect heating element. Electronic function monitoring: in the event of a 

breakdown the cause of the fault is shown on the display. 

Stainless steel, gabled lid with handle and hinges. 

The lid is shaped to direct condensation back into the bath tank via the sides. 

Standard: lid and perforated steel base shelf to protect element and high. 

All parts in contact with water are made of stainless steel, corrosion-resistant. 

Off-white, external casing made of powder-coated, electro-galvanized steel (RAL 9002). GS-tested. 

For 110, 230 V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 

Temperature range from approximately 5°C above ambient to 99.9°C or, 

if an accessory constant level/cooling device is fitted, approximately 3°C above 

tap water temperature to 99.9°C. 

Model 1005. 

specially designed for medical use. 

Models 1012/1013. 

Generally as models 1002 to 1008, but with built-in liquid circulation . 

An electric motor with fitted, rotating magnet, is flange-mounted on to the base of the bath and 

transfers its torque to a Teflon encased stirrer. The movement of the stirrer bar draws the water 

into the centre of the bath then forces it evenly back to the sides again. 

This circulation system ensures optimum temperature uniformity throughout the entire bath. 

Instruments are GS-tested. 

Complete with connection cable and earthed plug. 

Type Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1002 

1003 

1004 

1005 

1008 

1012 

1013 

2 3 4 

Bath model 

1002 

1003/1008 

1004 

1005 

1012 

1013 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm mm litres W kg 

245 x 200 x 145 

400 x 245 x 145 

600 x 245 x 145 

410 x 296 x 315 

400 x 245 x 205 

245 x 200 x 145 

400 x 245 x 145 

330 x 395 x 255 

485 x 440 x 255 

685 x 440 x 255 

495 x 490 x 445 

485 x 440 x 315 

330 x 395 x 315 

485 x 440 x 315 

Capacity Power Weight Cat. No. PK 

7 

14 

21 

40 

20 

7 

14 

1000 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1000 

1500 

Racks held in 1000 series water baths 

Max. number of rack types held: 

Rack 1920 

4 

8 

12 

9 

4 

8 

Stainless steel. Height: 185 mm 

Rack 1921 

4 

8 

12 

9 

4 

8 

Rack 1922 

4 

8 

12 

9 

4 

8 

Rack 1923 

- 

- 

- 

1 

- 

- 

8 

12 

15 

21 

13 

8 

12 

E & OE. 

9.905 902 

9.905 903 

9.905 904 

9.905 905 

9.905 908 

9.905 912 

9.905 913 

Rack 1942 

1 

2 

3 

2 

1 

2 


1920 

1921 

1922 

1923 

1942 

5 

With 20 apertures, each 18 mm diameter for 16/17 mm test tubes 

With 5 apertures, each 31 mm diamete 

With 20 apertures each 13 mm diameter for 12 mm test tubes 

Rack for medical packs / heat transfer media (physiotherapy use). 

With 12 apertures 56 mm diameter for baby feeding bottles 

Adjustable constant level device 

Accessories for water baths, 1000 series. 

Adjustable constant level device, Type 1919. 

Attaches to the back of water baths 1002 to 1008. 

Can be retro-fitted. 

9.905 970 

9.905 971 

9.905 972 

9.905 973 

9.905 977 


1919 9.905 986 1 


Water baths 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

563

1 

2 

3 

4 


Water baths 

564 

1 

Evaporation bath 1023 

For gentle evaporation from erlenmeyer flasks, beakers etc. 

Bath tank, top-plate and perforated shelf over stainless steel heater 

are all stainless steel. Temperature range ambient plus 5°C to boiling point. 

Thermostatic temperature control. 

Heater is protected by an overtemperature cut-out. 

Adjustable water level regulator mounted on back of the unit and set of 

plastic rings are supplied as standard. For 230 V * 50/60 Hz supplies. 

Housing made of powder-coated, electro-galvanized sheet steel, finished in off-white (RAL 9002). 

Claret red control panel (RAL 3005). GS-tested and CE-marked. 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 


Capacity Power Cat. No. PK 

mm mm litres W 

240 x 240 x 120 342 x 342 x 180 7 1000 9.905 923 1 

* Please specify with order!! 

2 

Rack 1933 

Accessories for evaporation bath 1023. 

Rack, Type 1933 for evaporation bath Model 1023. 

To hold 100 x 18 mm diameter test tubes. 


1933 9.905 993 1 

Type 1985 retort stand rod 

Evaporation bath, Model 1023, accessories. 

Stainless steel. Length 316 mm, diameter 12 mm. 


1985 9.905 995 1 

3 

Evaporation baths, Models 1031 and 1032 

Special baths for gentle evaporation from Erlenmeyer flasks, glass beakers etc. 

Also for use in fume cupboards. Bath, cover frame and perforated floor above the heater are 

made of stainless steel. 

Temperature range from approximately 5°C above room temperature to boiling point. 

Temperature control by means of hydraulic thermostat. 

Heating element is protected by an over-temperature cut-out. 

Openings in the perforated cover are fitted with a set of plastic spacer rings. 

With constant level device on the right-hand side of bath and plastic spacer rings fitted as standard. 

Instruments are GS-tested. Power 1500 W. Usable depth 100 mm. Mains connection: 230 V *50/60 Hz. 

Type Apertures 

with 

sets 

of rings 

Top 

dia. 

mm 

1031 

6 

90 

1032 

8 

110 

* other voltages available on request! 

4 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Weight Working height Cat. No. PK 

mm kg mm 

430 x 300 x 155 

670 x 300 x 155 

6.1 

8.2 

100 

100 

Evaporation baths, serial 4- or 6-place, 1041 and 1042 

9.905 931 

9.905 932 

To provide gentle evaporation from Erlenmeyer flasks, glass beakers, columns etc. in 

series. Bath tanks, top-plate, heating element and perforated shelf over heater are all 

stainless steel. Temperature range approximately ambient plus 5°C to boiling point. 

Hydraulic thermostat temperature control. Heater protected by overtemperature cut-out. 

With 130 mm diameter apertures in the top-plate which are covered with plastic spacer ring sets. 

A stainless steel support rod, 600 x 12 mm (L x dia.), is provided behind each aperture, 

for secure attachment of evaporation flasks. 

An adjustable constant level device is fitted on the left hand, short side of the bath as standard. 

GS-tested. Usable depth 90 mm. For 230 V 50/60 Hz supplies. 

Type Apertures 

with 

sets 

of rings 

1041 

1042 

4 

6 

Top 

dia. 

mm 

130 

130 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Power Working height Weight Cat. No. PK 

mm W mm kg 

682 x 232 x 190 

982 x 232 x 190 

1000 

1500 

90 

90 

12 

16 

9.905 941 

9.905 942 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL


1 

Shaking water bath, Model 1083 

With reciprocating motion. 

For gentle but powerful shaking. With microprocessor-controlled, temperature regulator 

and analogue dial speed adjustment. 

Uniform temperature distribution over entire bath. 

Temperature range from approximately 5°C above room temperature or 

3°C above cooling water temperature (if a constant level/cooling device is fitted) to 99.9°C. 

An electronic, set point dependent, overtemperature cut-out protects samples and a 

mechanical overheat cut-out protects the heating element, with a visual alarm if the 

set point temperature is exceeded by 2°C. The heater is switched off if the bath runs dry. 

Electronically controlled, adjustable shaking speed, with soft start. 

Maintenance-free and hard-wearing shaking mechanism. 

Load-independent, feedback sensor maintains constant rotational speed when in continuous operation. 

All parts in contact with water are made of stainless steel. A constant level device can be fitted. 

A drain stopcock is provided for complete emptying of the tank. 

Double-wall, insulating, gabled lid prevents heat losses and channels condensate away to 

avoid dripping back into test vessels. 

External casing constructed in powder-coated, electro-galvanized, steel plate. GS-tested. 


External dimensions (W x D x H): 712 x 520 x 320 mm 

Internal dimensions (W x D x H): 450 x 300 x 210 mm 

Usable capacity: 20 l 

Usable bath height: 190 mm 

Net/gross weight: 

28/32 kg 

Shaking motion: Reciprocating 

Temperature accuracy: ±0.1°C 

Temperature display: Digital LED 

Overtemperature cut-out: Electronic and mechanical, dependent on set point 

Shaking frequency: 10 to 250 strokes/min. 

Stroke length: 22 mm 

Supply requirements: 230 V 50/60 Hz, 1.5 kW. 


1083 9.905 983 1 

2 

Shaking water bath, Model 1086 

With reciprocating motion. 

Generally as model 1083, but with digital temperature and shaking speed display (LED) 

and built-in cooling coil. GS-tested. 

Technical Specification: 

Shaking speed display: Digital LED 

Net/gross weight: 30/34 kg 

Orbit or travel: 22 mm 


1086 9.905 984 1 

3 

Shaking water bath Model 1092 

Model 1092 - With orbital motion. 

Generally as Model 1083, but with orbital motion. GS-tested. 



Internal dimensions(W x D x H): 450 x 300 x 210 mm 

Usable capacity: 20 l 


Shaking motion: Orbital 

Shaking orbit: 14 mm Ø 


1092 9.905 985 1 

E & OE. 


Water baths 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

2 

3 

1 

565

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 


Water baths 

566 

1 

Type 3960 tray 

Shaking water baths, 1083, 1086, 1092 series, accessories. 

Stainless steel. With grid for holding erlenmeyer flasks using accessory clips 9.837 

983 to 9.837 988. With two lifting handles for easy insertion into, or removal from, the tank. 

E & OE. 



3960 9.837 960 1 

2 

Flask clips 

Accessories for shaking water baths 1083/1086/1092 series. 

Flask clips for Type 3960 erlenmeyer flask tray. 

Type For 

flasks 

3983 

3984 

3985 

3986 

3987 

3988 

3 

ml 

25 

50 

100 

200 

250 to 300 

500 

Test tube racks 

Max. number 

per tray 

52 

33 

22 

15 

13 

10 

Accessories for shaking water baths, Models 1083/1086/1092. 

Stainless steel. 

With two lifting handles for easy insertion into, or removal from, the tank. 

Type For 

neck 

dia. 

mm 

3920 

3921 

3922 

4 

16/17, max. length 180 mm 

31 

12, max. length 180 mm 

Tray for test plates 

Max. no. 

plates 

243 

63 

372 

High version for shaking water baths 1083/1086/1092. 

Made for stainless steel, with 6 clamps for test plates. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.837 983 

9.837 984 

9.837 985 

9.837 986 

9.837 987 

9.837 988 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.837 966 

9.837 967 

9.837 968 


3923, Tray high version for shaking water bathes 9.905 998 1 

5 

Tray 

For shaking water baths 1083/1086/1092. 

For 58 x 1.5 to 2 ml test tubes, stainless steel, 

with tube retainer, for mounting on platform 3960. 

(Max. 3 racks per tray) 


3926, Tray for shaking water bathes 9.905 990 1 

6 

Tube racks 

Shaking water bath accessories, perforated stainless steel, can be tilted to 90°, 

with tube securing springs, for attachment to platform 3960. 


3924, For 15 ml Falcon tubes, max. 20 tubes x 12 to 17 mm dia., 

max. 4 racks per platform 

3925, For 50 ml Falcon tubes,max. 20 tubes x 22 to 29 mm dia., 

max. 3 racks per platform 

9.905 996 

9.905 997 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL


1 

Constant level device 

Shaking water baths, 1083/1086/1092 series and 

wather baths 1002 to 1008/1012/1213, accessories. 

Adjustable, for keeping water depth constant in 

Models 1083/1086/1092 shaking water baths, 

and for cooling in water baths 1002 to 1013 

(from approximately 3°C above mains tap water temperature). 


1919 9.905 986 1 

2 

Shaking water bath, Thermolab, quadrothermal 1070 

With reciprocating action and microprocessor-controlled temperature regulator. 

Compact design. Saves space in the laboratory. Fitted with four, identical, 

separate tanks. Four individual incubation temperatures 

(ranging from 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C) can be digitally selected, 

precisely and individually, in steps of 0.1°C. Can be used in research, routine and 

development laboratories for all temperature-dependent reactions, for incubating 

reagents and solutions, western blots, reverse dot blots, for hybridisation at four 

different temperatures, stringent washing processes at variable temperatures, 

restriction digestion, proteinase-K digestion, DNA elution, T 7 sequenase sequencing, 

for thawing processes and incubation of cultures. Suitable for PCR applications. 

Provide rapid heat-up times with excellent temperature accuracy (±0.1°C). 

Clear control panel with easy-to-read control graphics. Rapid and precise adjustment, 

with exact reproducibility of pre-set values. 

Set value-dependent, electronic overtemperature cut-out protects the sample. 

A low water cut-out protects the heating element. Electronic function monitoring ensures 

optimal operation. All parts in contact with water are made of stainless steel. 

Each of the four tanks contains an adjustable sample holder. 

Shaking frequency (reciprocating sample holder motion) adjustable from 2 to 50 strokes/minute. 

All standard laboratory reaction tubes from µl to ml can be inserted into the sample holders. 



Usable internal dimensions per tank 175 x 175 x 100 mm 

(sample holder) (W x D x H): 128 x 128 mm 

Usable bath height: 80 mm 

Sample holder, height-adjustable: 32 mm 

Temperature range: from approximately 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C 

Temperature control: Electronic 

microprocessor-controlled with proportional-plus-integral control (PI) 

Temperature accuracy: ±0.1°C 

Temperature display: Digital LED 

Temperature adjustment: Digital LED 

Overtemperature cut-out: Electronic and mechanical, dependent on the set point 

Shaking motion: Reciprocating 

Shaking frequency: 2 to 50 strokes/min. 

Shaking speed adjustment: Variable 

Shaking amplitude: 22 mm 

Supply requirement: 230 V 50/60 Hz, 1.3 kW 



1070 9.905 980 1 

3 

Racks 

Shaking water bath 1070, Thermolab, quadrothermal, accessories. 

For reaction and micro-centrifuge tubes. 

Type Description For Cat. No. PK 

1710 

1711 

1712 

With 7 holes 

With 19 holes 

With 32 holes 

Test tubes, 31 mm diameter 

Test tubes, 17 mm diameter 

Reaction vessels 1.5 ml 

E & OE. 

9.905 987 

9.905 988 

9.905 989 


Water baths 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

1 

2 

3 

567

1 

2 

3 

4 


Water baths 

568 

1 

Shaking water baths, SW 22, SW 23 

For simultaneous heating and shaking of samples, e.g. incubations, hybridizations etc. 

Reciprocal motion. 

- Microprocessor technology with PID temperature control 

- Bright Multi-Display (LED) indicates five different temperature values and shaking speed 

- Splash-proof mains switch, built into plastic membrane keypad 

- Easy-to-use controls 

- Timer for selecting desired operating period 

- RS232 interface provided 

- Shaking frequency 20 to 200 strokes/min., with 15 mm stroke 

- Removable shaking carriage 

- Model SW 23 has an internal circulation pump giving enhanced temperature stability 

Bath lid not included in delivery. 

Type Temp. 

range 

SW22 

SW23 

2 

Temp. 

stability 


capacity 

E & OE. 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

°C ± °C W mm mm 

20 to 99.9 

20 to 99.9 

0.2 

0.02 

2000 

2000 

50 x 30 

50 x 30 

Shaking water baths, SW 22, SW 23, accessories 

18 

18 


Cat. No. PK 

9.906 383 

9.906 384 


Hinged Makrolon ® -lid 

Constant level device/cooling set 

3 

Trays for Erlenmeyer flasks 

9.906 401 

9.906 402 


Tray for 32 x 50 ml Erlenmeyer flasks 


Tray for 11 x 250 to 300 ml Erlenmeyer flasks 


4 

Spring clips for erlenmeyer flasks as indicated, to fit tray 9.906 390. 

9.906 386 

9.906 387 

9.906 388 

9.906 389 

For Cat. No. PK 

10 ml flasks 

25 ml flasks 

50 ml flasks 

100 ml flasks 

200 to 250 ml flasks 

300 ml flasks 

500 ml flasks 

1000 ml flasks 

Tray for spring clips to hold 

Erlenmeyer flasks as required 

9.906 410 

9.906 411 

9.906 412 

9.906 413 

9.906 414 

9.906 415 

9.906 416 

9.906 417 

9.906 390 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

JULABO 

JULABO 

JULABO


1 

Test tube trays 


240 test tubes, 16/17 mm Ø 


360 microlitre vessels, 30 x 11/12 mm Ø 


2 

Thermostatic baths, EcoTemp series 

- Microprocessor technology with PID temperature control 

- Bright Multi-Display (LED) indicates five different temperature values 

- Splash-proof mains switch, built into plastic membrane keypad 

- Easy-to-use controls 

- Timer for selecting desired operating period 

- RS232 interface provided 

- Comprehensive range of accessories 

Bath lid not included in delivery. 

Type Temp. 

range 

TW8 

TW12 

TW20 

3 

Temp. 

stability 


capacity 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

°C ± °C W mm mm 

20 to 99.9 

20 to 99.9 

20 to 99.9 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

2000 

2000 

2000 

Water baths, TW series, accessories 

23 x 27 

35 x 27 

50 x 30 

One-piece moulded, transparent Makrolon ® lids with handle and hinges. 

14 

14 

18 

E & OE. 

9.906 420 

9.906 421 

9.906 422 

9.906 423 


Water baths 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.906 424 

9.906 425 

9.906 426 

For Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

mm mm mm 

TW8 

29 32 

16 

9.906 398 

1 

TW12 

40 32 

16 

9.906 399 

1 

TW20 

56 35 

17 

9.906 401 

1 

4 

Water baths, TW series, accessories 

Test tube racks 


60 test tubes, 16/17 mm dia. 


90 microlitre vessels, 11/12 mm dia. 


9.906 431 

9.906 432 

9.906 433 

9.906 434 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

JULABO 

JULABO 

JULABO 

1 

2 

3 

4 

569

1 

2 


Water baths 

Type Capacity Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

WNB 7 

WNB 10 

WNB 14 

WNB 22 

WNB 29 

WNB 45 

570 

2 

Water baths WNB Series 

Control: 

- microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and 

fault indicator 

- solid state switching unit 

- one, class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensor 

- integral digital timer from 1 min. to 99.59 hours for: 

On continuous operation 

Wait (delayed On for continuous and limited timed operation) 

Hold 

- digital display (LED) of set and actual temperature and of (remaining) programme time 

- LEDs for indication of programme status 

Overtemperature protection (dual): 

- easy-to-clean interior, made of laser-welded, grade 1.4301 stainless steel, 

reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 

- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank 

- if an overtemperature condition occurs due to a fault, heating is switched off at 

approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value) 

- an independent, mechanical, TB class 1 temperature limiter switches the heating off at 

approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature 

With textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing. 

E & OE. 



Temperature range: from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient temperature) up to +95°C with 

additional boiling mode (+100°C) 

Power supply: 230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm kg W 

7 

10 

14 

22 

29 

45 

210 x 240 x 140 

210 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 220 

350 x 590 x 140 

350 x 590 x 220 

1 

Water baths/Oil baths 

The latest generation of water baths, a combination of high-grade, anti-corrosion 

stainless steel and state-of-the-art technology. 

Two performance classes available: 

"Basic" and "Excellent", tuned to varying requirements and applications. 

Basic: the water bath for routine processes, with integral timer adjustable from 1 min. up to 99.59 hrs, 

and with delayed switch-on and programmable hold time. 

Excellent: with enhanced features for overtemperature protection, liquid level monitoring and 

continuous, long-term tests using two high-grade Pt100 sensors. 

The integral timer range is from 1 min. up to 999 hrs and allows a setpoint-dependent 

hold time to be programmed, in addition to all the Basic-level features. 

Audible alarms for overtemperature, low liquid level and programme end make operation 

even more convernient. 

The new generation oil bath range differs from the Excellent water baths by their 

temperature range of up to +200°C and by incorporating an adjustable, 

class 2 temperature limiter as standard. 

356 x 468 x 238 

356 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 296 

516 x 818 x 238 

516 x 818 x 296 

Weight Rating Cat. No. PK 

11 

13 

15 

16 

22 

24 

1200 

1200 

1800 

2000 

2400 

2800 

9.906 581 

9.906 582 

9.906 583 

9.906 584 

9.906 585 

9.906 586 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

Memmert


1 2 3 4 Water baths WNE series 

Control: 

Memmert 

- fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system 

and fault indication 


- 2 class A , 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling the performance at 

the same temperature value 

- digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for: 

On (continuous operation) 

Delayed On 

Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values 

- calibration facility on controller with audible and visual alarms at programme end, 

as input keypress confirmation and if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically) 

Interior - Heating Concept: 

- easy-to-clean interior, made of grade 1.4301, laser-welded stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 


Triple Overtemperature Protection: 

- in case of overtemperature due to a fault, the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above 

the set temperature (fixed value) 

- independent, protection class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller, 

or protection class 2, TWB overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user 

- class 1, TB mechanical temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above 

max. bath temperature 

- set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C 

Textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant stainless steel housing 

Specifications: 

Temperature range: from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient) up to +95°C 

with additional boiling mode (+100°C) 



dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


litres mm kg W 

WNE 7 

WNE 10 

WNE 14 

WNE 22 

WNE 29 

WNE 45 

5 

7 

10 

14 

22 

29 

45 

210 x 240 x 140 

210 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 220 

350 x 590 x 140 

350 x 590 x 220 

11 

13 

15 

16 

22 

24 

Water bath with circulation pump WPE 45 

1200 

1200 

1800 

2000 

2400 

2800 

E & OE. 

9.906 591 

9.906 592 

9.906 593 

9.906 594 

9.906 595 

9.906 596 

Control: 

Memmert 

- fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indication 


- 2 class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature value 



Delayed On 

Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time 

- pump can be switched on and off 

- pump is switched off at programme end, digital display (LED) of all set parameters, 

such as temperature, time and alarm values 

- Calibration facility on controller 

- audible and visual alarms at programme end, as input keypress confirmation and 

if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically) 


- easy-to-clean, grade 1.4301, laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 



- in case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at 

approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value) 

- independent, class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller or class 2, 

TWB overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user 

- mechanical class 1 TB temperature limiter switches the heating off at 

approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature 


Textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing 

Specifications: 

Temperature range: from +10°C (however, at least 15°C above ambient) up to +95°C 

Power supply: 230 V (±10%), 50 Hz 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


litres mm kg W 

WPE 45 45 350 x 590 x 220 32 2800 9.906 589 1 


Water baths 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

571

1 


Water baths 

572 

1 

Oil baths, One series 

Thermostatic baths, WB, OB series, accessories 

Stainless steel flat lid with apertures and ring sets. Stainless steel gabled lid. 

Adjustable temperature limit selector instead of cut-out for WB/WBU. 

Constant water level device for WB/WBU. 

E & OE. 


Control: 

Memmert 

- fuzzy-supported PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system 

and fault indication 

- solid state switch unit 

- 2 class A, 4-wire, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature 



Delayed On 

Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold with fixed dwell time 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values 

- Calibration facility on controller 

- audible and visual alarms at programme end, as keypress input acknowledgement and in the case of 

low liquid level (heating is switched off automatically) 


- easy-to-clean, grade 14301, laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 



- in the case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the 

set temperature (fixed value) 

- independent, class 2, TWB electronic overtemperature limiter 

- class 2, TB mechanical temperature limiter switching the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. 

bath temperature 


Textured, grade 1.4301, corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing. 


Temperature range: from +20°C (minimum 5°C above ambient) up to +200°C 



dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

One 7 

One 10 

One 14 

One 22 

One 29 

One 45 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm kg W 

7 

10 

14 

22 

29 

45 

210 x 240 x 140 

210 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 220 

350 x 590 x 140 

350 x 590 x 220 

356 x 468 x 238 

356 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 296 

516 x 818 x 238 

516 x 818 x 296 


Type For Well Dia. Cat. No. PK 

capacity format 

L mm 

Flat lid for oil baths 

7 

1 187 

9.906 521 

1 


10 

3 107 

9.906 522 

1 


14 

6 87 

9.906 523 

1 


22 

6 87 

9.906 524 

1 


29 

8 107 

9.906 525 

1 


45 

8 107 

9.906 526 

1 

Flat lid for water baths 

7 

1 187 

9.906 530 

1 


10 

3 107 

9.906 531 

1 


14 

6 87 

9.906 532 

1 


22 

6 87 

9.906 533 

1 


29 

8 107 

9.906 534 

1 


45 

8 107 

9.906 537 

1 

Gabled lid for oil baths 

7 

- - 

9.906 541 

1 


10 

- - 

9.906 542 

1 


14 

- - 

9.906 543 

1 


22 

- - 

9.906 544 

1 


29 

- - 

9.906 545 

1 


45 

- - 

9.906 546 

1 

Gabled lid for water baths 

7 

- - 

9.906 550 

1 


10 

- - 

9.906 551 

1 


14 

- - 

9.906 552 

1 


22 

- - 

9.906 553 

1 


29 

- - 

9.906 554 

1 


45 

- - 

9.906 555 

1 

Constant level device for WNB / WNE / WPE 

- 

- - 

9.906 650 

1 

Factory calibration certificate at 160°C for 

WNE / WPE / ONE 

- 

- - 

9.867 696 

1 

11 

13 

15 

16 

22 

24 

1200 

1200 

1800 

2000 

2400 

2800 

9.906 601 

9.906 602 

9.906 603 

9.906 604 

9.906 605 

9.906 606 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert


1 Shaking water bath OLS 200 

Orbital or linear motion selectable. 

- Temperature range 0 to +99°C 

Adjustable shaking speed: 

- 20 to 200 rpm (orbital) 

- 40 to 360 strokes/minute (linear), variable stroke length (3 settings) 

- Temperature stability and uniformity to ±0.1°C 

- Precise, electronic control of temperature and shaking speed with digital setting and LED display 

- Stainless steel tank and shaking trolley 

- Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory trays for operation 

Linear motion: 

Setting A: 18 mm stroke length, 340 strokes/minute 

Setting B: 28 mm stroke length, 240 strokes/minute 

Setting C: 36 mm stroke length, 180 strokes/minute 

Orbital motion: 

Adjustable from 20 to 200 rpm with a 9 mm fixed radius. 

Tank dimensions: 505 x 300 x 200 mm 

Overall dimensions: 555 x 325 x 300 mm 

Max. flask immersion: 30 mm at fastest speed setting 

Weight: 15 kg 

Supply requirements: 220-240V 50Hz 


OLS 200 9.905 800 1 

2 

Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories 

Type LS200 Sloping lid. Stainless steel. For use at temperatures above 60°C and 

below room temperature. 


LS 200 9.905 809 1 

3 


Type UT200 Universal tray. Versatile stainless steel tray. 

Designed to accommodate a variety of vessels. 


UT200 9.905 801 1 

4 


Type TT200 Test tube tray. Holds up to five H1-series test tube racks. 


TT 200 9.905 802 1 

5 6 


Type H1- series racks. Stainless steel, 200 x 75 mm. For test tubes. 

Used with test tube tray order no. 9.905 802. 

Type For 

tubes 

H1-10 

H1-13 

H1-16 

H1-19 

H1-25 

H1-30 

48 x 10 mm 

44 x 13 mm 

24 x 16 mm 

21 x 19 mm 

12 x 25 mm 

10 x 30 mm 


E & OE. 


Water baths 

Cat. No. PK 

9.905 803 

9.905 804 

9.905 805 

9.905 806 

9.905 807 

9.905 808 

Type PF200 Perforated tray. Stainless steel. 

Can be used to replace the shaking trolley and convert the tank into an unstirred bath. 


PF 200 9.905 810 1 


Type CW200 Cooling coil. For use with mains tap water or refrigerated circulator. 

It can be used down to 2°C above the temperature of the coolant . 

Fits underneath the shaking trolley. 


CW 200 9.905 811 1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

573

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


Water baths 

6 7 

8 

574 

1 

2 3 4 

Unstirred water baths 

PB1 bath, temperature range ambient to +60°C. 

Transparent polycarbonate tank with removable control unit. Analogue thermostat dial 

is graduated in 10 x 5°C divisions from +20° to +60°C. Temperature stability ±0.3°C. 

JB baths, temperature range ambient to +90°C. 

Polypropylene bath, analogue thermostat is graduated in 5°C divisions from +20° to +90°C. 

Temperature stability ±0.3°C. 

SUB baths, temperature range ambient +5°C to +99°C. 

Stainless steel tanks. Digital temperature control. With display and overtemperature cut-out. 

SBB baths for boiling 

As SUB baths, but with an analogue energy regulator, two overtemperature cut-outs and 

constant level device. 

Please order racks and lids separately. 

At operating temperatures above +60°C, a lid or a layer of polypropylene spheres must be used. 


Overall dimensions (W x D x H): 300 x 300 x 100 mm 

Weight: 4 kg 

Type Capacity Working space 

W x D x H 

PB1 

JB1 

JB2 

JB4 

JB5 

SUB6 

SUB14 

SUB28 

SUB36 

SBB6 

SBB14 

SBB28 

5 6 7 

Sloping. 

3.5 

3.5 

10.0 

16.0 

24.0 

6.0 

14.0 

28.0 

36.0 

6.0 

14.0 

28.0 

Type For 

bath type 

LP1 

LJ1 

LJ2 

LJ4 

LJ5 

LU6 

LU14 

LU28 

LU36 

8 

PB1 

JB1 

JB2 

JB4 

JB5 

SUB/SBB6 

SUB/SBB14 

SUB/SBB28 

SUB/SBB36 

L mm W 

225 x 80 x 120 

290 x 80 x 120 

410 x 80 x 240 

305 x 140 x 280 

480 x 140 x 280 

150 x 140 x 300 

325 x 140 x 300 

505 x 190 x 300 

635 x 190 x 300 

150 x 110 x 300 

325 x 110 x 300 

505 x 160 x 300 

E & OE. 


Power Racks Lid Cat. No. PK 

0.3 

0.3 

0.75 

0.75 

1.5 

0.35 

0.7 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

2.0 

3 x P1 

1 x J2 or J3 

4 x J2 or 2 x J3 

3 x J2 or 2 x J3 

4x J2 or 4 x J3 

J2 

2 x J2 or 2 x J3 

4 x J2 or 4 x J3 

6 x J2 or 6 x J3 

J2 

2 x J2 or 2 x J3 

4 x J2 or 4 x J3 

Lids for thermostatic water baths 

Shelves for water baths 

LP1 

LJ1 

LJ2 or LF2 

LJ4 

LJ5 

LU6 or LF6 

LU14 or LF14 

LU28 or LF28 

LU36 or LF36 

LU6 or LF6 

LU14 oder LF14 

LU28 or LF28 

9.905 750 

9.905 751 

9.905 752 

9.905 753 

9.905 754 

9.905 755 

9.905 756 

9.905 757 

9.905 758 

9.905 759 

9.905 760 

9.905 761 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.905 765 

9.905 766 

9.905 767 

9.905 768 

9.905 769 

9.905 770 

9.905 771 

9.905 772 

9.905 773 

Stainless steel with perforated mesh shelf. Used to alter the effective depth of the bath. 

Each shelf occupies half the area of the bath specified and so allows both deep and 

shallow vessels to be accommodated. 

Type For 

bath type 

RS14H 

RS28H 

RS36H 


Type CS200G Immersion cooler for temperatures from 0 to +35°C. 

Coil fits underneath the shaking trolley. 

Dimensions: 410 x 285 x 225 mm (L x W x H). 

For 220 - 240 V 50 Hz supplies. 


CS 200G 9.905 812 1 

SUB/SBB14 

SUB/SBB28 

SUB36 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.905 780 

9.905 781 

9.905 782 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant


1 

Racks for thermostatic water baths 

Stainless steel. P1 racks for PB1 bath only hang from the tank rim and have a single row 

of holes so that the contents can be examined through the transparent sides of the 

tank. J2 and J3 racks for the JB and SBB baths stand on the perforated shelf of the bath or 

on the floor of the SUB bath tank. J2-SE and J2-LE are for microcentrifuge tubes. 

Type Array Cat. No. PK 

P1-13 

P1-16 

P1-19 

J2-10 

J2-13 

J2-16 

J2-19 

J2-25 

J2-30 

J2-SE 

J2-LE 

2 

Lid for water baths 

12 x 13 

10 x 16 

9 x 19 

84 x 10 

55 x 13 

36 x 16 

32 x 19 

18 x 25 

12 x 30 

105 x 0.5 

65 x 1.5 

Flat, with ring sets. 

Giving apertures of 31, 43, 59, 78 or 105 mm diameter. 

Type Well 

format 

LF2 

LF6 

LF14 

LF28 

LF36 

3 

6 

2 

4 

6 

8 

For 

bath type 

JB2 

SUB/SBB6 

SUB/SBB14 

SUB/SBB28 

SUB36 

Water coil, CW 5 

For use with tap water; suitable for all applications where the required temperature 

exceeds that of the tap water being used by 20°C or more. 

E & OE. 

9.905 785 

9.905 786 

9.905 787 

9.905 788 

9.905 789 

9.905 790 

9.905 791 

9.905 792 

9.905 793 

9.905 820 

9.905 821 


Water baths 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.905 774 

9.905 775 

9.905 776 

9.905 777 

9.905 778 


CW 5 9.920 764 1 

4 

Heating bath liquid, BASF 

Use: BASF heating bath liquid can be used continuously as a heating medium up to approx. 

Buddeberg 

170°C. Higher temperatures (below flash point) are possible, but will result in rapid darkening. 

The low pour point allows the bath liquid also to be used as a cooling medium. 

Mixtures with 10% to 30% water have proved best for this. 

The crucial advantages of BASF heating bath liquid compared to the oils or 

other organic liquid mainly used are: 

- Accidental spillage of water into the bath does not lead to dangerous spitting at temperatures over 100°C, 

as the water dissolves in the heating bath liquid and subsequently evaporates safely 

- BASF heating bath liquid can easily be rinsed away with water which eases cleaning of laboratory equipment, 

e.g. distillation flasks, and also bench or floor if the bath liquid is accidentally spilled. 

- BASF heating bath liquid does not foam when mixed with water. 

Viscosity on addition of water: 

BASF heating bath liquid is quite viscous at ambient or low temperatures, and therefore sometimes difficult 

to dispense. The addition of 10 to 20% water reduces the viscosity and enables easier handling. 

If the mixture is then heated to 100°C, the water evaporates without boiling. Further heating is only 

shortly delayed by this. Before next heating, water can be added again. 

Water solubility: BASF heating bath liquid can be mixed with water at any ratio. 

The hardness of the water has no effect on the bath liquid. 

Chemical character: Modified, polyvalent, aliphatic alcohol. 

Appearance: Clear, colourless or lightly coloured liquid. 

Storage time: 

(unlimited at present knowledge) 

When stored for long periods the product may become darker. This does not 

affect the performance of the product. 

Density: 

Flashpoint 

approx. 1.15 g/cm³ 

to DIN 51758: > 200°C 

to DIN 51794: 

approx. 255°C 

Container Cat. No. PK 

5 litres 9.906 200 1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

3 

4 

2 

575

1 

2 


Water baths 

576 

1 

Water bath protection agent 

ProAquaTop prevents the formation of algae, bacertia, and mould. 

Biodegradable and non-toxic. 

Only 1 ml per litre of water required. 

Replacement of the bath water is indicated by fading of the blue colouration 

E & OE. 


Type Capacity 

ml 

Cat. No. PK 

1910 200 

9.905 957 

1 

1911 3 x 200 

9.905 958 

3 

1912 6 x 200 

9.905 959 

6 

2 

Water bath preservative liquid Aqua Stabil 

- Prevents build-up of algae and bacteria in bath tanks providing hygienic operation 

- No contamination of the tank or immersion thermostat components 

- Economical - only 1 ml of Aqua Stabil is required for every 2 litres of water 

- Remains effective for weeks, as shown by colour indicator. 

Capacity Cat. No. PK 

ml 

100 ml bottle 9.858 040 1 

GFL 

JULABO


1 

Drying cabinet 

For general warming and drying purposes, including drying of drained laboratory glassware. 

Maximum temperature is approximately ambient +50°C. 


Incubators, ovens, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization ovens 

Capacity: 125 litres 

Internal dimensions: 420 x 730 x 355 mm 

External dimensions: 600 x 750 x 360 mm 

Weight: 40 kg 

Shelves: 3, height adjustable 


Voltage: 220 - 240 V 50 Hz, single phase 


125 litres, sliding door 9.951 490 1 

2 

Incubator 

Using an incubator provides a considerable reduction in incubation periods when testing 

for microbial contamination in soil. 

For the user this means: The results of investigations are available faster and 

therefore more immediately. 

This unit offers a particularly practical and low-priced solution for the incubation of fertile soils. 

Convenience and temperature consistency ensure work is easy and reliable. 

Can be operated in either horizontal or upright positions. 


Temperature range: 25 to 45°C 

Temperature accuracy: +/- 1°C 

Thermometer: 60°C, enclosed scale 

Supply req.: 110, 230 V 50 Hz 

Rating: 26 W, 0.2 A 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


mm mm kg 

310 x 168 x 155 220 x 150 x 120 1.1 9.883 525 1 

E & OE. 

Behr 

1 

2 

577

1 

2 



578 

2 

Universal Ovens, UNB series 

Ventilation and control: natural convection 

Temperature range: +30 to +220°C; 

(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient) 

Display resolution 

set value: 0.5°C 

actual value: 0.5°C 

E & OE. 


Type Internal 

Int. Shelf support 

Housing Rating Cat. No. PK 

volume dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

ribs/shelves 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

UNB 100 

14 320 x 175 x 240 2 / 1 

470 x 325* x 520 

600 

9.868 051 

1 

UNB 200 

32 400 x 250 x 320 3 / 1 

550 x 400* x 600 1100 

9.868 052 

1 

UNB 300 

39 480 x 250 x 320 3 / 1 

630 x 400* x 600 1200 

9.868 053 

1 

UNB 400 

53 400 x 330 x 400 4 / 2 

550 x 480* x 680 1400 

9.868 054 

1 

UNB 500 

108 560 x 400 x 480 5 / 2 

710 x 550* x 760 2000 

9.868 055 

1 

* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

3 

1 

3 

Universal Ovens and incubators, B series 

All models are equipped with: 

- microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and 

fault indicator 

- single, class A, Pt100 sensor with 4-wire-circuit 

- integral digital timer (1 min. up to 99 h 59 min)to switch off heating to stand-by mode 

- digital LED display of set and actual temperature as well as remaining process time 

- two separate overtemperature protection systems: In case of total sensor failure 

the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature; in case of 

thermostatic switch failure, the heating is controlled by an additional thermostat 

approx. 10°C above the set temperature; if a sensor fault (incorrect measurements) or 

the total breakdown of the controller occurs, the heating is switched off at 

approx. 10°C above the max. oven temperature by a TB class 1 mechanical temperature limiter 

- for very sensitive and/or valuable/irreplaceable loads, we recommend our E- and P-class ovens, 

guaranteeing an even higher safety standard. 

- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on 

all four sides, providing uniform gentle heating. 

Power supply: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz 

Safety proof: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST 

Universal Ovens, UFB series 

Ventilation: Forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine 






Type Internal 


Housing Rating Cat. No. PK 


(W x D x H) 

ribs/shelves 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

UFB 400 

53 400 x 330* x 400 4 / 2 

550 x 480** x 680 1400 

9.868 056 

1 

UFB 500 

108 560 x 400* x 480 5 / 2 

710 x 550** x 760 2000 

9.868 057 

1 

* Minus 30 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel 

**Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

Memmert 

Memmert 

Memmert


1 Precision incubators, INB series 

Ventilation: natural convection 






Additionally fitted with inner glass door 

Type Internal 

volume 

INB 200 

INB 300 

INB 400 

INB 500 

32 

39 

53 

108 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

2 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

Universal Ovens and Incubators, E series 

550 x 400* x 600 

630 x 400* x 600 

550 x 480* x 680 

710 x 550* x 760 

All models are equipped with: 

- fuzzy supported PID-microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system 

and fault indicator 

- 2 x Pt100 Class A sensors with 4-wire circuit, mutually monitoring and maintaining 

performance at the stable temperature value 

- digital 7-day programme-timer 

- integral digital timer for temperature profile wirh max. 4 segments, adjustable 

from 1 min. up to 999 h: Delayed on; Heating up; Hold, Cooling-down,"Loop" function 

with 1 to 99 repeats or continuous 

- heating switch off to stand-by mode 

- digital LED display of set all parameters 

- Triple overtemperature protection systems: 

if an overtemperature state occurs due to failure the heating is switched off at 

approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value); 

- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature 

controller TWW protection class 3.1 

- mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at 

approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature 

- Easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 

with integral and protected large-area heating on four sides. 

2 perforated stainless steel, non-tipping shelves 

Supply requirements: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz. approx. 1400 W (during heating). 

Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST 

3 

Universal Ovens, UNE series 






display resolution 

0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C higher than 100°C 

Calibration certificate at +160°C 

Type Internal 

volume 

UNE 200 

UNE 300 

UNE 400 

UNE 500 

UNE 600* 

UNE 700* 

UNE 800* 

32 

39 

53 

108 

256 

416 

749 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 

Memmert 

Rating Cat. No. PK 

440 

500 

800 

900 

L mm mm W 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 

* Double doors 

** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 400** x 600 

630 x 400** x 600 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 

Memmert 

Memmert 

1 

9.868 047 

9.868 048 

9.868 049 

9.868 050 


1100 

1200 

1400 

2000 

2400 

4000 

4800 

2 

3 

9.868 058 

9.868 059 

9.868 060 

9.868 061 

9.868 062 

9.868 063 

9.868 064 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

579

1 



Type Internal 

volume 

UFE 400 

UFE 500 

UFE 600* 

UFE 700* 

UFE 800* 

2 

Type Internal 

volume 

INE 200 

INE 300 

INE 400 

INE 500 

INE 600* 

INE 700* 

INE 800* 

580 

53 

108 

256 

416 

749 

32 

39 

53 

108 

256 

416 

749 

2 

Incubators, INE series 


Temperature range: +30°C to +70°C 


Display resolution: 

0.1°C 

Textured stainless steel casing: 

Calibration cerificate at +37°C 

with inner glass door 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

400 x 250** x 320 

480 x 250** x 320 

400 x 330** x 400 

560 x 400** x 480 

800 x 500** x 640 

1040 x 500** x 800 

1040 x 600** x 1200 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 400*** x 600 

630 x 400*** x 600 

550 x 480*** x 680 

710 x 550*** x 760 

950 x 650*** x 920 

1190 x 650*** x 1080 

1190 x 750*** x 1620 


** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel 

***Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

1 

Universal Ovens, UFE series 

E & OE. 



440 

500 

800 

900 

1600 

1800 

2000 

9.537 339 

9.537 340 

9.537 341 

9.537 342 

9.537 343 

9.537 344 

9.537 345 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

Ventilation: forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 

10% steps via process controller 




0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C higher than 100°C 


Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

400 x 330** x 400 

560 x 400** x 480 

800 x 500** x 640 

1040 x 500** x 800 

1040 x 600** x 1200 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 480*** x 680 

710 x 550*** x 760 

950 x 650*** x 920 

1190 x 650*** x 1080 

1190 x 750*** x 1620 


** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel 

***Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

We can supply this 

manufactorer’s 

whole 

product range ! 


1400 

2000 

2400 

4000 

4800 

9.868 065 

9.868 066 

9.868 067 

9.868 068 

9.868 069 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert


1 Universal Ovens and incubators, "Perfect" series 

The highest specification class for the most demanding requirements: 

Memmert 

- adaptive, fuzzy-supported, microprocessor PID-temperature controller 

- autodiagnostic system with fault indicator 

- two, class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, jointly monitoring and regulating performance at 

any specific temperature 

- digital 7-day programmer with real time clock allowing precise setting to minute intervals and 

one set value or ramp operation in combination with digital, heating-profile timer with 

max. 40 ramp segments, each segment adjustable from 1 min to 999 hours 

- multifunctional menu programming via 8-digit, multilingual, alphanumeric display of: 

heating profiles of up to 40 ramps, time- and set-point dependent operation, 

fan air circulation speed in 10% steps from min. 20% to 100% 

- long-term documentation (memory) of all relevant data, 

GLP-conformance using 1024 kB memory datalogger 

- non-volatile programme memory 

- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible, 

ink-jet printers for GLP documentation 

- RS 232 interface with Memmert „Celsius 2007" software 

- chip-card control incl. one MEMory Card XL with 32 kB (holds up to 40 ramps) 

- Multiple Overtemperature Protection: With audible and visual alarms; digitally adjustable, 

TWW protection class 3.1, electronic overtemperature controller - maximum value for overtemperature - 

minimum value for undertemperature; additional adjustable "ASF" Auto-Safety-Function for over- and 

undertemperature, which monitors the set value at a preset tolerance range; 

an audible alarm is activated in case of over- or undertemperature and heating is switched off in the 

event of overtemperature; TB class 1, mechanical temperature limiter, which switches the heating off at 

approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature. 

- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on all four sides, 

providing uniform gentle heating. 

Supply requirements: 230 V (UN/UF 700 and 800: 400 V) ±10%, 50/60 Hz 

Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST 

Optional equipment: An alternative external glass door is available at extra cost. 

Universal ovens, UNP series 







0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above100°C 


Type Internal 

volume 

UNP 200 

UNP 300 

UNP 400 

UNP 500 

UNP 600* 

UNP 700* 

UNP 800* 

32 

39 

53 

108 

256 

416 

749 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 



2 

Universal ovens, UFP series 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 400** x 600 

630 x 400** x 600 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 

E & OE. 


Memmert 

Ventilation: forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 10 % steps 

via process controller, with each segment individually programmable 




0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C 


Type Internal 

volume 

UFP 400 

UFP 500 

UFP 600* 

UFP 700* 

UFP 800* 


dimensions ribs/shelves 

(W x D x H) 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

53 

108 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 



4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 

1100 

1200 

1400 

2000 

2400 

4000 

4800 


1400 

2000 

2400 

4000 

4800 

9.868 077 

9.868 078 

9.868 079 

9.868 080 

9.868 081 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 070 

9.868 071 

9.868 072 

9.868 073 

9.868 074 

9.868 075 

9.868 076 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

581

1 

2 



582 

1 

Accessories for Universal ovens B-, E- and P- series 

E & OE. 


Non-tilting, perforated stainless steel shelves (max. loading: 30 kg) Memmert 

Type Cl. Cat. No. PK 

Shelf for size 100 








B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series 

9.537 026 

9.537 126 

9.537 226 

9.537 326 

9.537 426 

9.537 526 

9.537 626 

9.537 826 

Full glass door for UN/UF series. Memmert 


Full glass door for size 200 cabinet only 







E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series 

Extended temperature range option, maximum 300°C - Universal ovens 

(Not available for models with full glass door) 

9.868 120 

9.868 130 

9.868 140 

9.868 150 

9.868 160 

9.868 170 

9.868 180 


A0 200 

A0 300 

A0 400 

A0 500 

A0 600 

A0 700 

A0 800 

2 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

Accessories for Universal ovens, E- and P- series 

Special equipment. 

9.868 520 

9.868 530 

9.868 540 

9.868 550 

9.868 560 

9.868 570 

9.868 580 

Type Cl. Description Cat. No. PK 

Q1 

Q2 

Q3 

V1 

V4 

V9 

Precision Incubators, INP series 


Temperature range: +30°C up to +70°C 



0.1°C 

Additionally supplied with inner glass door 


Type Internal 

volume 

INP 200 

INP 300 

INP 400 

INP 500 

INP 600* 

INP 700* 

INP 800* 

E, P 

E, P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

32 

39 

53 

108 

256 

416 

749 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm W 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

* Double doors ** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

550 x 400** x 600 

630 x 400** x 600 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 

IQ check list with works test data 

for unit as support for validation by customer 

OQ check list, including temperature 

distribution survey to DIN 12880 at 9 measuring points 

Extra for FDA conformance software,"Celsius 2007 FDA-Edition" 

Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card) 

additional MEMory Card 

additional Steri-Card (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators 


440 

500 

800 

900 

1600 

1800 

2000 

9.867 698 

9.867 699 

9.867 700 

9.867 701 

9.867 714 

9.867 702 

9.537 346 

9.537 347 

9.537 349 

9.537 350 

9.537 351 

9.537 352 

9.537 353 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

Memmert 

Memmert


1 

Cooled incubators, series IPP and ICP 



The innovations of the new Perfect Line have been transplanted into Memmert cooled 

incubators as well. 

With fuzzy logic-supported, multifunctional, PID-microprocessor controller, 

2 x high quality DIN-class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 probes allowing simultaneous monitoring and 

control functions, digital real time clock with weekly programmer and daily schedule function, 

protocol timer for temperature profiles of up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 h segments; 

programmable with an 8-digit, alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up) 

also used for visualizing data during operation. 

An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof, 

storage and output of GLP-compliant, archive documentation of all relevant data. 

Includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3-compatible printers, 

RS 232 interface incl."Celsius 2007 Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card. 

For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided, 

with audiovisual alarm system, microprocessor temperature selector (MTS), 

protection class 3.3, for over- and undertemperature and additional integral 

Automatic Safety Function ASF for high and low temperature limits, 

automatically monitoring the set temperature and warning by an alarm when there is a 

temperature-related malfunction. 

In addition, the ICP series has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which 

activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C above it's setting. 

Proven Memmert quality: Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and 

stainless steel chamber guarantees corrosion-resistance, easy cleaning and sanitization 

With additional inner glass door. 

Calibration certificate available on request at +10°C and +37°C 

Supply requirements: 230 V ±10% 50 Hz 

2 

Cooled incubators, IPP series 

with Peltier heating/cooling systemtemperature range: + 5°C to + 60°C. 

maximum temperature fluctuation: better than 0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.4°C 

(spatial at 10 to 37°C): At temperatures above 4°C a defrosting process is not necessary. 

With gentle, fan-assisted, air circulation via refrigerant-free, Peltier-cooled fan. 

Type Internal Internal 

External 

volume dimensions dimensions 

(W x D x H) (W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

IPP 200 

32 400 x 250* x 320 550 x 490** x 600 

IPP 300 

39 480 x 250* x 320 630 x 490** x 600 

IPP 400 

53 400 x 330* x 400 550 x 550** x 680 

IPP 500 

108 560 x 400* x 480 710 x 620** x 760 



3 

Cooled incubators with compressor cooling, ICP 

E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.537 925 

9.537 926 

9.537 927 

9.537 930 

ICP-cooled incubators with compressor cooling system. 

Temperature range 0°C to + 60°C. 

Maximum temperature fluctuation: better than ±0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.3°C 

(spatial at 37°C acc. DIN). Gentle, forced-air circulation, separation of the heating system 

from the interior, which ensures no sample drying occurs due to the cooling evaporator. 

Energy-efficient, CFC-free (R134a refrigerant) cooling/heating, with highly efficient auto-defrost function. 

Microprocessor control of air circulation turbine fan speed in 10 % steps (between 10 and 100%) 


External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

ICP 400 

53 400 x 330* x 400 558 x 486** x 967 

ICP 500 

108 560 x 400* x 480 718 x 556** x 1047 

ICP 600 

256 800 x 500* x 640 958 x 656** x 1335 

ICP 700 

416 1040 x 500* x 800 1198 x 656** x 1495 

ICP 800 

749 1040 x 600* x 1200 1198 x 756** x 1895 



Accessories for cooled incubators ICP and IPP 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.537 904 

9.537 905 

9.537 906 

9.537 907 

9.537 908 


Q1 

Q2 

Q3 

V1 

IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer 

OQ check list including temperature distribution survey to DIN 12880 

at 9 measuring points 

Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius 2007 FDA-Edition" 

Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card) 

9.867 698 

9.867 699 

9.867 700 

9.867 701 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

Memmert 

Memmert 

Memmert 

1 

2 

3 

583


1 2 

CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series 



Ventilation and Control: 

Memmert 

- uniform atmosphere and temperature distribution owing to enclosed non-turbulent 

ventilation system in working chamber 

- adaptive, fuzzy-supported multifunctional digital microprocessor PID-controller 

- integral fault diagnostics on temperature, CO2 and humidity limit control 

- 2 Pt100 sensors Class A in 4-wire-circuit, mutually monitoring and taking over the performance at 

the same temperature value 

- digital 7-day-programme-timer with real time clock, precise minute setting 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, CO2, 

humidity and set-up values - language to be chosen in setup 

-CO2-supply via sterile filter, with two connections as well as automatic change-over device for gas bottles 

- digital electronic CO2 control with automatic zeroing (infrared measuring system) 

-CO2-supply being interrupted upon door opening 

- digital display of set and actual values (LED 0.1°C resolution) of temperature and CO2-concentration 

- integral humidity limit control (88 to 97%) with digital display of relative humidity - setting accuracy 1% 

- long-term documenting (memory) of all relevant data, GLP-compliant data logger - 1024 kB 

- non-volatile programme memory 

- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible ink-jet printers for 

GLP-conforming documentation 

- serial interface RS 232 including Memmert Software "Celsius 2007" for programming and documentation 

- chip card (STERICard) for sterilization of working chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours/160°C) without 

removal of sensors and mountings 

Multiple Overtemperature Protection: 

- with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-CO2,open door and 

empty gas cylinder 

- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller TWW protection class 3.1 

- additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically 

following the set value at a preset tolerance range 

- mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx. 10°C above max. 

oven temperature 

Heating Concept: 

- large-area multi-function heating system on four sides incl. additional door and back heating to 

avoid condensation 

- incl. works calibration certificate for +37°C 

Textured Stainless Steel Casing: 

- fully insulated stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment 

- inner glass door with opening (8 mm dia.) to take gas samples 

- zinc-plated steel rear panel 

Interior: 

- easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing, material no. 1.4301, 

electropolished and hermetically welded 

- 3 non-tipping, perforated stainless steel shelves, 1 stainless steel water dish 

Temperature Range: from +20°C (or amb. + 8°C whichever is higher) up to +45°C 

Voltage/Power Rating: 230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz; approx. 1000 W (during heating) 

Type Internal dimensions/housing 

(W x H x D) mm 

INCO 2/108 560 x 480 x 400*/710 x 778 x 550** 

INCO 2/153 480 x 640 x 500/630 x 938 x 650 

INCO 2/246 640 x 640 x 600/790 x 938 x 750 



Type Internal 

volume 

INCO 2/108 

INCO 2/153 

INCO 2/246 

*full width 

**half width 

108 

153 

246 

Shelf 

support 

ribs 

Shelves Stainless 

steel water 

dishes 

L W 

4* 

6* 

6* 

2 x 6** 

3* 

3* 

6** 

1* 

1* 

2** 


1000 

1500 

2000 

E & OE. 

1 

2 

9.867 703 

9.867 704 

9.867 705 

1 

1 

1 

585

1 

2 

3 



586 

1 

Accessories for CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series 

E & OE. 



E7 INCO 2/108 

E7 INCO 2/153 

E2 INCO 2/108 

E2 INCO 2/153 

E2 INCO 2/246 

K7 

V9 

H7 

V2 

Q1 

Q2 

Q3 

2 3 

Additional stainless steel shelf, full width 



Additional water tray, full width 

Additional water tray, half width 

Active humidity control microprocessor (40 to 97% RH) 

Additional Steri-Card (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators 

Pressure reduction valve (DIN 8546), incl. gas-bottle monitor 

Interface RS485 (for cross linking of several devices) 

IQ check list with works test data for unit as support 

for validation by customer 

OQ check list, including temperature 

distribution survey to DIN 12880 at 9 measuring points 

Extra for FDA conformance software,"Celsius 2007 FDA-Edition" 

Vacuum drying ovens VO 

9.867 707 

9.867 708 

9.867 709 

9.867 710 

9.867 711 

9.867 706 

9.867 702 

9.867 712 

9.867 713 

9.867 698 

9.867 699 

9.867 700 

The new Perfect series of vacuum ovens, based on state-of-the art technology, has been 

optimised to fulfil the most stringent demands, beyond merely vacuum control. 

In addition to direct heating of the shelves and digital control of the vacuum depth 

(adjustable from 10 mbar to 1100 mbar) these vacuum ovens now have a weekly 

programmer and daily schedule function, protocol timer for temperature profiles of 

up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 hour segments; programmable with an 8-digit, 

alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up) also used for visualizing data during operation. 

An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof, 

storage and output of GLP-compliant, archive documentation of all relevant data. 

Also includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3-compatible printers, 

RS 232 interface incl. "Celsius 2007 Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card. 

For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided, 

with audiovisual alarm system, protection class 3.3 microprocessor temperature selector (MTS) 

for over- and undertemperature, and additional integral Automatic Safety Function ASF for 

high and low temperature limits, automatically monitoring the set temperature and 

warning by an alarm when there is a temperature-related malfunction. 

In addition, the VO series has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which 

activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C above the set value. 

Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and 1.4404 stainless steel chamber. 

Galvanized steel rear panel. Safety double-glazed, door window with inner toughened glass and 

outer shatterproof panels. 


External 



L mm mm 

VO 200 

29 385 x 250 x 305 550 x 400* x 600 

VO 400 

49 385 x 330 x 385 550 x 480* x 680 

VO 500 

101 545 x 400 x 465 710 x 550* x 760 

*Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

Cat. No. PK 

9.537 928 

9.537 929 

9.537 932 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

Memmert


Vacuum ovens, VO series, accessories 




Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 200 



Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 34 L/min. 

Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 60 L/min. 

IQ check list with works test data for customer validation 

OQ check list (5-point, shelf temp. variation test) 

with works data for customer validation 

FDA software surcharge "Celsius 2007" 

Authorisation card (user-profile security key) 

1 

Incubator, mechanical control 

E & OE. 

9.537 933 

9.537 934 

9.537 935 

9.537 936 

9.537 937 

9.867 698 

9.867 699 

9.867 700 

9.867 701 

Robust, small, space-saving unit with hydraulic thermostat temperature controller and 

adjustable ventilation for accurate and reliable incubation. 

- Range: 30°C to 70°C 

- Adjustable air vent 

- Inner glass door 

- Available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1) 

- Internal volume: 28 litres 

- External dimensions: 580 x 425 x 402 cm 

- Internal dimensions: 400 x 250 x 280 cm 


B28 

B28 

2 

without cut-out 

with cut-out 

9.883 556 

9.883 557 

Microbiological incubators with natural convection, BD series 

BD series incubators are specially designed for long-term, stable, continuous operation. 

Ideal for gentle incubation of organisms in petri dishes and also for conditioning of heat 

sensitive media. 

Performance features and equipment: 

- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology 

- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 100°C (212°F) 

- DS controller with integral timer: 0 to 99 hours 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visual alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter with 

ventilation flap and front ventilation slide 


- RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM DataControlSystem 

- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable 

- 2 chrome-plated racks 

- Binder test certificate 

Type Internal 

volume 

BD 23 

BD 53 

BD 115 

BD 240 

BD 400 

BD 720 

20 

53 

115 

240 

400 

720 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

222 x 277 x 330 

400 x 330 x 400 

600 x 400 x 480 

800 x 500 x 600 

1000 x 500 x 800 

1000 x 600 x 1200 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

433 x 516 x 492 

634 x 575 x 617 

834 x 645 x 702 

1034 x 745 x 822 

1234 x 765 x 1022 

1234 x 865 x 1528 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 


with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

9.883 599 

9.883 605 

9.883 606 

9.883 607 

9.883 603 

9.883 604 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Memmert 

BINDER 

BINDER 

1 

2 

587

1 




External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

KB 23 

20 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 618 

KB 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 576 x 837 

KB 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 646 x 1022 

KB 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 746 x 1142 

KB 400 

400 650 x 470 x 1308 884 x 716 x 1850 

KB 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1168 1234 x 867 x 1816 

588 

1 

E & OE. 


Refrigerated microbiological incubators with program controller, KB series 

KB is the all-rounder for work with microorganisms. With its wide range of individual 

programming functions, including real-time clock function and an incredibly large 

temperature range, it can be used for a broad spectrum of sophisticated applications in laboratories. 

The APT.line preheating chamber and the DCT refrigeration system will ensure rapid 

recovery times and maximum precision, unaffected by the ambient temperature. 


- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with DCT refrigeration system 

- Temperature range: -10°C to 100°C (14°F to 212°F) KB 23 Benchtop: 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 

1 programme with 20 segments 

- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 

99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This applies to all programmes. 

- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor 

- Integral weekly programme timer with real time function 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1 o C 

- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) 

- Elapsed time indicator 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880) with 

visual and acoustic alarm 


- Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a 

- RS422 interface for communication software APT-COM DataControlSystem, 

or switch over to printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter 

- Adjustable printing intervals 

- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft) are stackable 

- 2 stainless steel racks 



with RS422 

Standard 





We can supply this 

manufactorer’s 

whole 

product range ! 

9.883 528 

9.883 568 

9.883 569 

9.883 570 

9.883 571 

9.883 572 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER


1 2 

CO2 incubators, CB series 



The proven, APT.Line air jacket temperature technology combined with the latest 

FPI-CO2 sensor technology guarantee precise growth rates which are reproducible at any 

time. The patented Permadry ® -System guarantees maximum humidity up to 97% R.H. 

in the chamber whilst the inside walls remain completely dry. 

The new FPI- CO2 sensing system ensures rapid recovery to the set CO2 level after 

the doors have been opened because, unlike other measuring systems, 

it works independently of the air humidity with its sluggish recovery time. 

The new, patented gas mixing head guarantees an absolutely homogeneous CO2 concentration 

in the entire chamber without venting. The CB series are designed to eliminate various 

contamination risks and offer the highest safety standards. The unique construction of the 

unvented chamber, without any external connections provides the best protection against 

contamination because uncontrolled draughts, causing bacterial cross-over, are safely prevented. 

For applications: 

Life science, clinical medicine, veterinary medicine, pharmaceutical industry, food industry, 

toxicology, basic research in biology and pre-clinical medicine. 

- Temperature range: ambient +7°C to +60°C 

- Permadry ® -System 

- FPI- CO2 measuring system 

-CO2 mixing head 

- Electronic self-diagnosis system with potential-free alarm output 

- Hot-air sterilization routine at 187.5°C 

- Seamless, deep-drawn chamber, available in stainless steel or copper 

- Removable, detachable plug-in carrier 

- Class 3.1 temperature controller TWW (DW 12880) 

- Optional RS422 communication interface for use with external PC and APT-COM software 

- Calibration and validation possible 

- Interior volume: 150/210 litres 


- Other options and accessories available on request 

Type Internal 

volume 

CB 150 stainless steel 

CB 150 copper 

CB 210 stainless steel 

CB 210 copper 

CO2 Incubators 

150 

150 

210 

210 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

680 x 722 x 919 

680 x 722 x 919 

740 x 722 x 1069 

740 x 722 x 1069 

CB series with gastight, divided glass doors and divided shelves. 

Stainless steel chamber. 

Type Internal 

volume 

CB 150 

CB 210 

CO2 incubators CB 

CB with O2 adjustment 

Stainless steel chamber. 

150 

210 

Type Internal 

volume 

CB 150 

CB 210 

CO2 Incubators 

150 

210 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

680 x 722 x 600 

740 x 722 x 1069 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

680 x 722 x 919 

740 x 722 x 1069 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

500 x 500 x 600 

500 x 500 x 600 

560 x 500 x 750 

560 x 500 x 750 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

500 x 500 x 600 

560 x 500 x 750 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

500 x 500 x 600 

560 x 500 x 750 

CB series, with oxygen control and gas-tight, individually separated glass inner doors and shelves. 

Stainless steel chambers. 

Type Internal 

volume 

CB 150 

CB 210 

150 

210 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

680 x 722 x 919 

740 x 722 x 1069 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

500 x 500 x 600 

560 x 500 x 750 

E & OE. 

BINDER 

1 

2 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 701 

9.883 705 

9.883 702 

9.883 700 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 707 

9.883 706 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 704 

9.883 703 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 709 

9.883 708 

1 

1 

BINDER 

BINDER 

BINDER 

589

2 

1 

3 



590 

1 

Drying oven E28 series 

Robust, space-saving, low-profile ovens with hydraulic thermostat control and 

adjustable chamber ventilation. 

- Range: 60°C to 230°C 

- Hydraulic thermostat temperature control 

- Chamber ventilation valve 

- Timer 0 to 120 mins. 

- Available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1) 

Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

E 28 

28 400 x 250 x 280 580 x 425 x 402 

E 28* 

28 400 x 250 x 280 580 x 425 x 402 

*with overheat cut-out TB (Class 1) 

2 

E & OE. 



without overheat cut out 

with overheat cut out 

Drying ovens with natural convection, ED series 

9.883 543 

9.883 544 

Routine drying and sterilization applications up to 300°C (572°F) and storage at 

precisely controlled, elevated temperatures are the strengths of ED drying ovens. 

Because of their natural convection with a high rate of air exchange, 

thermal processes run with significantly increased efficiency. 


- Electronically-controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with natural convection 


- DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree 

- One ramp function 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and 

front ventilation slide 



- Optional RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 



External 



L mm mm 

ED 23 

23 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

ED 23 

23 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

ED 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

ED 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

ED 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

ED 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

ED 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

*with RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

3 

Drying ovens with forced convection, FD series 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 529 

9.883 530 

9.883 545 

9.883 548 

9.883 546 

9.883 549 

9.883 550 

FD series units are primarily used in applications needing rapid drying and sterilization. 

Totally homogenous temperature distribution, rapid dynamic response, and a special air 

turbine which was developed by Binder and has 20 % higher output, 

have made the FD series a genuine time-saving device. 



- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with forced convection 

- DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer 



- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), 

with visible temperature alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct, 

with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide 





External 



L mm mm 

FD 23 

20 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

FD 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

FD 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

FD 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 808 

9.883 800 

9.883 801 

9.883 802 

1 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER 

BINDER 

BINDER


1 

Drying oven with forced convection, FED series 

The FED series is a true all-rounder. It has enormous capacity and is at the same time 

particularly adaptable to the specific requirements of a large variety of testing 

applications. The enhanced time functions and the digitally controlled air turbine can be 

used to adjust ideal temperature parameters and recirculation air conditions. 


- Electronically-controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with forced convection 

- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +300°C (+572°F) 

- MS Controller with several timer functions 

- Controller timer functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, temperature dependent delayed OFF 




- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), 

with visual temperature alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of a 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct, 


- RS422 interface for communication software APT-COM DataControlSystem, 







External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

FED 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

FED 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

FED 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

FED 400 

400 1000 x 500 x 800 1234 x 765 x 1022 

FED 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1200 1234 x 865 x 1528 

2 

Safety drying ovens with first class safety features, FDL 



E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 553 

9.883 554 

9.883 555 

9.883 803 

9.883 804 

This series presents the perfect environment for solvent-based samples. The interior 

chamber has a symmetrical airflow with defined flow velocities, free of silicone and dust, 

safeguarded by a high-efficiency filter cartridge. FDL therefore complies with all EN 1539 and 

ISO 3251 requirements and its programme with intelligent, fresh air monitoring feature 

offers maximum operator safety. 


- Electronically controlled, APT.line preheating chamber technology 

- In compliance with all safety requirements according to the standards EN 1539 and VBG 24 


- MS controller with LED display and integral 0 to 99 hour timer 

- Controller timer functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, and temperature-dependent delayed OFF 

- Adjustable heat load (0 to 100 %) 


- Viton door gasket (for max. temp. of +200°C/+392°F) 

- Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm) 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible alarms 

- Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shut-down 

- 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct 

- RS232 printer and communication interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- 2 chrome-plated shelves 


Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

External 

dimensions 



L mm mm 

FDL 115 115 834 x 685 x 800 115 Standard 9.883 580 1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER 

BINDER 

1 

2 

591

1 



592 

2 

E & OE. 


1 Safety drying ovens with first class safety features and an expanded temperature 

range, MDL series 

The MDL series operates at temperatures up to +350ºC at an airflow of 400 l/min, ideal 

conditions for high temperature testing, e.g. in coil coating applications. 

The preheating chamber with its special Airflow Design permits homogeneous heat-treatment 

processes to be performed with maximum operator safety in an extremely short time, 

safeguarded by electronic monitoring of incoming air. 

Individual programming options provide maximum flexibility for completing your tasks. 




- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each to a maximum of 500 segments 

- User-friendly LCD screen 

- Easy-to-read menu guide 

- Integral electronic chart recorder 

- Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters 

- Real-time clock 

- Heat output: 9.0 kW 

- Silicone door gasket, resistant to high operating temperatures 


- 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct 

- Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm) 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880) with visible and audible alarms 

- Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shutdown 

- RS422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 



Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


L mm mm 

MDL 115 115 600 x 435 x 435 834 x 685 x 800 Standard 9.883 581 1 

2 

Vacuum drying ovens with patented heat transfer technology, VD series 

The VD series offers safe drying with homogenous temperature distribution, thanks to 

its APT.line air jacket system. Optimum heat transfer through patented expansion rack 

technology; the racks can be positioned as needed and are easy to clean. 

In addition to these many features, the units have an individually programmable controller. 

BINDER 

BINDER 


- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with 2 expansion racks 

- Temperature range: 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +200°C (+342°F) (optional up to +250°C (482°F)) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments 

- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. 

This adjustment applies to all programmes. 


- Adjustable ramp functions via programme editor 


- Fine dosing ventilation valve 

- Spring-mounted shatter proof safety glass panel 

- Fine dosing inert gas valve with cross-flow technology 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm 

- DN 16 measuring port in rear wall 

- Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure) 

- Electro-polished inner chamber 

- All vacuum and vent hoses, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack 

support and the vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti 

- Door gasket made of tempered silicone 

- 2 × 24 V DC (max 0.4 A) switching outputs, switched via 2 controller contacts in the programme controller 

- RS422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software, or switch over to 

printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter 


Type Internal 

volume 

VD 23 

VD 23 

VD 53 

VD 53 

VD 115 

VD 115 

23 

23 

53 

53 

115 

115 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

285 x 285 x 285 

285 x 285 x 285 

400 x 330 x 400 

400 x 330 x 400 

506 x 450 x 506 

506 x 450 x 506 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

515 x 500 x 649 

515 x 500 x 649 

634 x 550 x 768 

634 x 550 x 768 

740 x 670 x 894 

740 x 670 x 894 



Acid resistant 





9.883 540 

9.883 490 

9.883 541 

9.883 491 

9.883 542 

9.883 492 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1




1 Vacuum drying ovens with patented heat transfer and a special safety concept, 

VDL series 

The VDL series with its extended package of safety features ensures maximum safety 

when drying organic solvents in accordance with TÜV/GS guidelines. The interior 

chamber is designed in accordance with the ATEX Directive for Zone 2, but the VDL series can 

also be equipped in accordance with the explosion risk requirements for zone 2 explosion hazard areas. 



- Temperature range: 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to +200°C (+392°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments 





- Adjustable heat output (0 to 100 %) 

- Pressure monitor for controlled heat release at < 125 mbar (94 torr) 

- Pressure encapsulated instrument compartment with controlled overpressure by means of compressed air 

- Flame protection gasket 

- Fine dosing ventilation valve 

- Fine dosing inert gas valve with cross-flow technology 

- Spring-mounted safety glass pane with splinter protection 

- Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure) 

- Electro polished inner chamber 

- All vacuum and vent hoses, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack 

support and the vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti 

- Door gasket made of tempered silicone 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm 

- DN 16 measuring port in rear wall 

- RS232 printer and communications interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

Type Internal 

volume 

VDL 23 

VDL 53 

VDL 115 

2 

23 

53 

115 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

285 x 285 x 285 

400 x 330 x 400 

506 x 450 x 506 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

515 x 500 x 649 

634 x 550 x 768 

740 x 670 x 894 





E & OE. 

9.883 531 

9.883 532 

9.883 533 

Temperature test chambers with forced convection and individual 

programming testing, M series 

Because of its individual programming options and ability to operate at maximum 

temperatures up to 300°C, the M series is ideally suited for materials testing and aging tests. 

The heavy-duty air turbine and a programmable exhaust ventilation flap accelerate heat-up and 

ensure that the test temperature is maintained with absolute precision at all levels, 

with minimal spatial fluctuations; performance as never before. 




- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments 







- Programme-controlled ventilation flap 

- High air-exchange rate by high-performance fan (+ approx. 280 %) 


- Rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) dia. 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm 





External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

M 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 779 

M 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 864 

M 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 984 

M 400 

400 1000 x 500 x 800 1234 x 765 x 1184 

M 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1200 1234 x 1692 x 865 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 563 

9.883 564 

9.883 565 

9.883 566 

9.883 567 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER 

BINDER 

1 

2 

593

1 

2 



594 

1 

E & OE. 


Environmental simulation chambers for complex temperature profiles, MK series 

This series covers the classic temperature range between -40°C and +180°C for heat 

and refrigeration tests - with the added benefit of natural simulation by means of 

preheating chamber technology and the Horizontal Air Flow Design.Unique technology, developed by Binder. 

With these features, the MK series thus meets the highest precision and performance requirements for 

cyclic temperature tests and presents an intelligent alternative to expensive individual solutions. 



- Temperature range from -40°C to +180°C (-40°F to +356°F), at an ambient temperature of 25°C/77°F 

- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments 






- Heated viewing window with interior lighting 

- Adjustable high-performance fan 

- Programmable condensation protection for test material 


- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible temperature 

alarms 


- RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- Access port, 80 mm (3.1 inch) dia., top (MK 53), right side (MK 240), and right and left sides (MK 720) 

- 2 stainless steel shelves 


Type Internal 

volume 

MK 53 

MK 240 

MK 720 

2 

53 

240 

700 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

402 x 330 x 402 

800 x 500 x 600 

1000 x 600 x 1168 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

740 x 740 x 1222 

1140 x 909 x 1606 

1341 x 987 x 1998 





9.883 560 

9.883 561 

9.883 562 

Temperature test chambers with forced convection, FP series 

FP series chambers are designed for the most demanding test applications and are 

particularly effective, thanks to their extensive programming capabilities. 

Forced air convection reliably facilitates quick drying times as well as extra rapid heating-up, 

even when fully loaded. 


- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with forced convection 


- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments 






- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and 

front ventilation slide 

- RS422 interface for communication software APT-COM DataControlSystem, or switch over to 

printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter 


- Units up to 115 (4.1 cu.ft.) litres are stackable 



Type Internal 

volume 

FP 53 

FP 115 

FP 240 

FP 400 

FP 720 

L 

53 

115 

240 

400 

720 

Supply 

requirements 

230 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

230 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

230 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

400 V 3ph. 50/60 Hz 

400 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 710 

9.883 711 

9.883 712 

9.883 713 

9.883 714 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER 

BINDER


1 



Environmental simulation cabinets for constant atmosphere, KBF series 

The KBF series climatic test chambers are the ideal units for precise, reliable 

standardised simulation of all climatic conditions under constant atmosphere. 

This includes conforming to standards for processing items for preservation and 

(photo) stability tests in accordance with international EN standards and the 

ICH guidelines (CPMP/ICH/380/95/Q1A and Q1B). With a varied temperature capability and 

offering the widest possible climate range, KBF series is the perfect alternative to 

expensive test chambers and rooms. 

APT.Line temperature technology guarantees unbeatable temperature accuracy and 

safely prevents the appearance of condensation. The high power capabilities in the heating and 

refrigeration units provide the precise simulation of extreme climate conditions. 

The microprocessor-controlled, humidification and dehumidification system guarantees a 

humidity range of 10% to 90% R.H. with humidity accuracy up to ±1% R.H. 

The humidity system uses tap water, a definite advantage for easy installation, convenience and 

maximum reliability for continuous use. 

APT-COM software fulfils all requirements of modern documentation and complete archiving of data. 

- Range: -10°C to +100°C (without humidity) 

- Microprocessor-controlled humidification and dehumidification system with humidity 

range of 10% to 90%, ±1% R.H. 

- For use with normal tap water 

- Maintenance-free, precision, capacitance humidity sensor 

- Direct DCT refrigeration system with R134a environmentally-friendly refrigerant 

- Automatic defrosting unit for continuous use 

- Optional humidity unit for photostability tests, conforming to ICH requirements available 

- Temperature selection monitor (Class 3.1). 

- Inner glass doors with smooth internal surfaces. 

- Ethernet or RS422 communication interface for APT-COM software 

- Temperature calibration and validation available on request 

- A wide range of options and accessories are also available on request 

- KBF series with ICH-compliant illumination: 

- ICH-compliant illumination in the doors for photostability tests in accordance with the 

ICH guideline Q1B, Option 2 

- Vertically positioned illumination in both doors (10 light tubes) 

- Fulfils all criteria of the ICH guideline for the visible and the ultraviolet part of the light spectrum. 


Type Internal 

volume 

KBF 115 

KBF 240 

KBF 240 

KBF 720 

KBF 720 

115 

240 

240 

700 

700 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

600 x 400 x 480 

650 x 470 x 785 

800 x 500 x 600 

1000 x 600 x 1168 

1000 x 600 x 1168 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

834 x 646 x 1022 

893 x 733 x 1372 

1034 x 746 x 1142 

1234 x 867 x 1816 

1234 x 867 x 1816 

E & OE. 

BINDER 


standard 


ICH-conformance specification 


ICH-conformance specification 

1 

9.883 577 

9.883 578 

9.883 583 

9.883 579 

9.883 584 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

595

1 



Type Internal 

volume 

KBW 240 adjustable in 3 stages 



596 

1 

Plant growth chambers with optimal lighting conditions, KBW series 

Combining precision with maximum dynamics, KBW exceeds any requirements with 

respect to optimal lighting and temperature conditions for exactly defined growth 

processes. Extremely short reaction times keep all parameters in equilibrium-simulating 

nature as never before. 

Operation is truly enhanced by the integral real-time clock function in the controller. 



- Temperature range: -10°C to +60°C (14°F to 140°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 

1 programme with 20 segments 

- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of either 

99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This adjustment applies to all programmes. 

- Adjustable ramp functions via programme editor 

- Integral weekly programme timer with real time function for programming day/night cycles 




- Illumination: flexible illumination cassettes with 4 daylight fluorescent tubes each 

(KBW 720 has 8 tubes), switchable (OFF - 50 % - 100 %) 

- Access port, 30 mm (1.2 inch) dia , right side, top and bottom 


- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), 

with visible and aaudible alarm 


- RS422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software, 



- Flexible illumination cassettes with daylight fluorescent tubes 

- Stainless steel shelves 


240 

400 

720 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

800 x 500 x 600 

650 x 470 x 1308 

1000 x 600 x 1168 

E & OE. 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1034 x 746 x 1142 

884 x 716 x 1850 

1234 x 867 x 1816 


Cat. No. PK 

9.883 573 

9.883 535 

9.883 574 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER


1 



Plant growth chambers with optimal climatic conditions, KBWF series 

- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with 

DCT refrigeration system 

- Temperature range: -5°C to +100°C (+23°F to +212°F) without humidity and illumination 

- Temperature range: +20°C to +90°C (+68°F to +194°F) with humidity respective to illumination 

- MCS controller for temperature, humidity, and illumination with 25 storable programmes of 

100 segments each to a maximum of 500 segments, for programming day/night cycles 




- Illumination system with daylight fluorescent tubes in the doors, thermally isolated from 

the inner chamber and ventilated (optimized illumination) 

KBWF 240: 10 tubes × 18 W, KBWF 720: 10 tubes × 36 W 

- Electronically controlled humidification and dehumidification system using tap water 

- Capacitve humidity sensor with SPH technology 

- Automatic defrosting device 

- Independent, adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), 

with visible and audible temperature alarm 

- 2 access ports, 30 mm (1.2 inch) dia. each 



- Collecting pan for condensate from the door 

- Complete safety connection hose kit for water supply and drain (total length 6 m/19.7 ft.) 


- 2 stainless steel shelves 


Type Internal 

volume 

KBWF 240 

KBWF 720 

2 

240 

720 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L mm mm 

800 x 500 x 600 

1000 x 600 x 1168 

Hybridization ovens, BFD 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1034 x 745 x 1142 

1234 x 867 x 1816 

E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.883 575 

9.883 576 

The BFD series by far exceeds the requirements expected from standard hybridization 

ovens, with its unmistakably precise temperature accuracy, above-average thermal 

insulation, and enhanced cleaning options. 

The wide temperature range is highly economical. 

The BFD series can also be used as an incubator, if required. 




- DS controller 


- Timer 0 to 24 hours 

- Removable rotation unit for 12 hybridization bottles 

- Low profile spill collection pan 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter, 





- Units are stackable 

- 1 chrome-plated rack 


Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

L mm mm 

BFD 53 53 400 x 330 x 400 659 x 575 x 617 9.883 558 1 

BINDER 

BINDER 

1 

2 

597

1 

2 



Type Max. 

temp. 

LHT 4/30 

LHT 4/60 

LHT 4/120 

HT 4/220 

LHT 5/30 

LHT 5/60 

LHT 5/120 

HT 5/220 

LHT 6/30 

LHT 6/60 

LHT 6/120 

HT 6/220 

598 

1 

Hybridization ovens with shaker platform, BFED 

BFED is as ideal for reproducible incubation results as the closely related BFD unit, 

although it offers extra versatility. The shaking platform is particularly suited for 

hybridization in bags, or for in-situ hybridization. 

The shaking frequency is digitally adjustable. 

E & OE. 





- MS controller with several timer functions 


- Time functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, and temperature-dependent delayed OFF 

- Shaker platform, digitally adjustable (20 to 100 %) 

- Adjustable ramp function 

- Adjustable heat output (0 to 100 %) 

- Removable rotation unit for 12 hybridization bottles 

- Low profile spill collection pan 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter, 





- RS232 printer and communication interface for APT-COM communication software DataControlSystem 

- adjustable printing intervals 

- Units are stackable 

- 1 chrome-plated rack 


Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

External 

dimensions 

Voltage Cat. No. PK 


L mm mm 50/60 Hz 

BFED 53 53 400 x 300 x 400 659 x 575 x 617 230 V 9.883 559 1 

2 

Laboratory high temperature ovens 

The laboratory high temperature range of ovens operating at temperatures up to +600°C 

is offered in three sizes. All models are capable of continuous operation at maximum 

temperature. The outer cases are fabricated from corrosion resistant zinc-coated, 

mild steel and finished in two-tone, hard wearing, stoved epoxy/polyester coating. 

The inner chamber is constructed from polished stainless steel which provides resistance to 

chemical attack and allows easy cleaning after use. All units are provided with stainless stell shelves 

with multi-position settings for convenient loading and unloading. 

Maintenance free heating elements and fan motor are fitted. Low thermal mass insulation 

materials are used throughout in order to achieve rapid heating and to allow efficient energy utilisation. 

The heavy duty fan ensures optimum temperature uniformity throughout the work chamber. 

Double skin construction provides a cool safe outer case. 

The models HT -/220 are different to the model shown on the picture. 

Power Capacity Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W litres mm mm 

400 

400 

400 

400 

500 

500 

500 

500 

600 

600 

600 

600 

1 

1.5 

2.25 

3 

2 

2.25 

3 

4.5 

2 

2.25 

3 

6 

28 

66 

128 

227 

28 

66 

128 

227 

28 

66 

128 

227 

300 x 300 x 310 

400 x 400 x 410 

460 x 650 x 410 

610 x 610 x 610 

300 x 300 x 310 

400 x 400 x 410 

460 x 650 x 410 

610 x 610 x 610 

300 x 300 x 310 

400 x 400 x 410 

460 x 650x 410 

610 x 610 x 610 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

805 x 550 x 555 

905 x 605 x 655 

1005 x 650 x 950 

965 x 1145 x 1105 

805 x 550 x 555 

905 x 605 x 655 

1005 x 650 x 950 

965 x 1145 x 1105 

805 x 550 x 555 

905 x 605 x 655 

1005 x 650 x 950 

965 x 1145 x 1150 

Cat. No. PK 

9.764 289 

9.764 290 

9.764 291 

9.764 292 

9.764 293 

9.764 294 

9.764 295 

9.764 296 

9.764 297 

9.764 298 

9.764 299 

9.764 300 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

BINDER 

Carbolite


1 

Hybridization oven 7601 

For precise hybridisation of DNA and RNA samples. Provides a high detection resolution 

due to the precisely fixed rotational speed of 10 revolutions per minute. 

A major advantage is that only a minimal volume of hybridisation liquid is required in order 

to work with high concentrations of samples or antibodies. 

Two clip plates with 8 spring clips (type 7937) holding 4 hybridisation bottles (type 7945) on 

the removable rotisserie (standard equipment). The chamber is constructed in stainless steel and 

is illuminated by two interior lights. Other applications are also possible. 

Instead of the rotating rack, the incubator´s interior can be equipped with up to five non-tilt and 

pull-out trays (accessories). 


Temperature range: approx. ambient + 8°C to +99°C 

Temperature control: electronic 

Stability:

1 

2 

3 

4 


Incubators 

600 

1 

Microplate incubator, SI19 

E & OE. 


A dedicated microtitration plate incubator, working volume 20 litres. Up to 48 x 96-well 

plates can be held, evenly distributed onto four pull-out stainless steel shelves, one or 

two layers deep. Precise, even temperature control is maintained throughout the chamber by 

forced circulation of preheated air from one side to the other across the plates. 

When filled with 24 x 96-well plates evenly distributed and at a temperature setting of +37°C, 

variation of temperature between shelves is maintained to within ±0.5°C and fluctuation to within ±0.5°C. 

A removable stainless steel tray in the chamber base may be filled with water to increase humidity. 

The 10 mm clear acrylic door opens upwards. For 230 V 50 Hz single phase supplies, 280 W. 

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection. 

Temperature range °C: Amb. + 8°C to +80°C 

Usable volume litres: 20 litres 

Temperature variation °C: ±0.5 

Temperature fluctuation °C: ±0.5 

Shelves supplied: 4 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 

Internal: 250x 230 x 200 mm 

External: 380 x 380 x 435 mm 

Weight kg: 20 kg 


SI19 9.951 744 1 

2 3 

Total visibility incubators, SI60/SI60D 

As described. Capacity 60 litres. Maximum temperature 60°C. With hinged front and 

top panels, temperature control system with preset at 37°C, safety temperature cut-out, 

air circulating fan and holes for gas or cable introduction. 

Supplied flat packed for assembly by the user. 

For 220 - 240 V 50 Hz single phase supplies. 

Without base plate or shelf rack system. 

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection on the metal surfaces. 


SI60, 60 litres, dial control 

SI60D, 60 litres, digital set-and-read control 

Total visibility incubators, SI60 series, accessories 

9.951 603 

9.951 604 


Base plate 

Shelf rack system, plastic coated wire 

4 

Rotating hybridization oven, HIR10M 

9.951 605 

9.951 606 

With rotating carousel to hold up to ten 35 x 300 mm diameter x length bottles or up to 

twenty 35 x 150 mm diameter x length bottles. Alternatively, centrifuge tubes can be 

accommodated using accessory carousels. Rotating speed is adjustable from 0 to 20 rpm and 

temperature ambient +10°C to +100°C. 

Supplied with two 300 mm long bottles and a stainless steel drip tray. 

Overall 400 x 430 x 430 mm W x D x H. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. 


HIR10M 9.951 712 1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

Stuart 

Stuart 

Grant


1 

Rotating hybridization oven, HIR4M 

With rotating carousel to hold up to four 35 x 300 mm diameter x length bottles or eight 

Grant 

35 x 150 mm diameter x length bottles. 

Alternatively, centrifuge tubes can be accommodated using accessory carousels. 

Rotation speed is adjustable from 0 to 20 rpm and temperature ambient +10°C to +75°C. 

Compact design is space saving and convenient. 

The transparent chamber gives clear observation and the novel 'trap-door' minimises heat loss while 

inserting or removing bottles. Supplied with stainless steel drip tray. 

Overall 206 x 535 x 305 mm W x D x H. For 230 V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. Without hybridisation bottles. 


HIR4M 9.951 713 1 

2 

Rotating hybridization incubator, HIR10M, accessory rocker platform 

For HIR12, HIR10M only. Replaces carousel to create a rocking shaker for dishes, boxes 

or heat-sealed bags. Platform dimensions 280 x 215 mm (W x D). 


Rocker platform 9.951 714 1 

3 

Hybridization bottles 

For use with Grant-Boekel hybridization incubators HIR10M, HIR4M. Borosilicate glass. 

Supplied in packs of 2. 

Length Dia. Cat. No. PK 

mm mm 

100 

35 

9.951 715 

2 

150 

35 

9.951 716 

2 

225 

35 

9.951 717 

2 

300 

35 

9.951 718 

2 

4 5 

Microarray hybridization oven, ISO20 

Microarray technology is a powerful platform for biological exploration, allowing 

researchers to shift the focus from the linear study of individual events to the matrix 

analysis of complex systems. 

The Grant/Boekel ISO20 is a simple yet effective system for the incubation of slides, 

particularly designed to enhance productivity in microarray processing. 

The slides are laid out on a rack and placed in an autoclavable aluminium chamber, 

which is then clamped into a carrier in the centre of the incubator. 

Features PID temperature control with digital setting and display. 

Rapid heat up, efficient heat transfer and uniform temperatures are provided by 

forced air circulation for consistency of results across the slide, reproducibility of 

results from procedure to procedure and reduced hybridisation times. 

Excellent humidity within the chamber is ensured by a combination of a sealing gasket and 

the clamping device, jointly providing an airtight seal. The probe does not dry out, 

and time is saved by eliminating the need to seal individual slide cover slips. 

Supplied with stainless steel slide rack for up to 20 x microscope slides 76 x 25mm. 

For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 155W. Without slides. 

Temperature range °C: Ambient temperature +10 to 75°C 

Temperature display: LED 

Display resolution: 0.1°C 

Stability at 37°C: ±0.2°C 

Uniformity at 37°C: ±0.3°C 

Heat-up time, chamber from ambient to 50°C: 20 minutes 

Heat-up time, tray from ambient to 50°C: 25 minutes 

Maximum relative humidity: 80% 

Tray dimensions (W x D x H): 190 x 300 x 20 mm 



ISO20 microarray hybridisation incubator 9.951 726 1 

6 

Microarray hybridization incubator, ISO20, accessory 

Accessory plastic slide holder PSH. Accommodates up to 18 x microscope slides 

76 x 25 mm. Slides are supported, eliminating the need to handle individual slides during 

any subsequent washing procedure. 


PSH slide holder 9.951 727 1 

E & OE. 


Incubators 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

3 

601

1 

2 


Incubators 

602 

1 

2 

Microscope slide incubator, SM30 

Versatile, microscope slide incubator, designed for in-situ hybridisation. 

Temperature range ambient +5°C to +100°C. Stability at +37°C is ±0.2°C, 

uniformity ±0.35°C. With digital setting and display, aluminium heating plate 

accommodating up to 30 slides 76 x 25 mm and toughened glass, 

lift-off lid giving ready access and visibility, which seals with an integral gasket on the hotplate. 

Overall 350 x 410 x 145 mm W x D x H. 

For 230 V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies, 180 W. 

Orbital shaking incubator 3031 

GFL Shaking incubator 3031 with Microprocessor-Technology has extensive 

applications - ideal for multiple incubations that require motion and temperature 

reproducibility. 

- PID-controlled temperature regulation gives rapid heat up 

- Precise, feedback-monitored, speed control with 'soft-start'. 

Quiet, robust shaking mechanism 

- LED readout timer constantly displays the remaining process time 

(adjustable between 1 minute and 999 hours) and an audible signal advises completion. 

Digital set and read of temperature, shaking frequency and incubation time. 

Gives precise replication of desired set-points in serial processes if required. 

Clear control panel with intuitive symbols. 

Memory stored settings prevent accidental changes to set points for temperature, 

shaking speed and incubation time. 

Cooling coil fitted as standard, for the use under room temperature. 

Optimum temperature distribution. 

Electronic cut-out if temperature exceeds or falls below the set point. 

If the temperature goes outside the set range, audible and visual alarms are triggered and 

the heater is automatically switched off. Thermostatic overtemperature cut-out switch 

protects the heating element. Electronic function monitoring: in the event of an error, 

the cause of the error is shown on the LED display. A transparent plexiglass cover gives a 

clear view of the interior and lifts upwards for access to the chamber. 

The anodised aluminium shaking platform supports accessories such as a base tray or 

universal attachments for containers. With corrosion resistant, stainless steel interior 

(rear wall and floor panel). GS-tested. 

Operates with the accessories for the GFL shaking units 3011 to 3018. 


Temperature range: +20°C to +70°C, from approx. 8°C above ambient 

Fluctuation: ±0.2°C (temporal) 

Volume/capacity: approx. 46 L/Base tray (450 x 450 mm) 


Internal dimensions (W x D x H): 450 x 450 x 280 mm 

Type of movement: orbital 

Shaking frequency: 10 to 250 rpm. 

Shaking orbit: 30 mm 

Max. load: 12 kg 

Supply requirement: 230 V 50/60 Hz, 0.8 kW 


E & OE. 



SM30 9.951 728 1 

Microscope slide incubator, SM30, accessory light shield, SMCLS 

Cover for protection of light sensitive reagents. Grant 


SMCLS 9.951 729 1 

We recommend use of covered and sealed slides for higher temperatures (>37°C) or 

for incubations over a prolonged period (>1 hour). 


3031 9.837 926 1 

Grant 

GFL


1 

Shaking incubators, orbital, 3032/3033 

For incubation, hybridisation, fermentation and homogenizing in chemical and 

biochemical reactions, enzyme and tissue studies. 

Ideal for applications which require accurately reproducible speed and temperature. 

Microprocessor controlled, PID temperature regulator and rotational speed control. 

With digital set-and-read temperature, shaking speed and timer with separate displays. 

Provide rapid and exact adjustment, with precise reproducibility of the present values. 

RS 232 serial interface for the control of temperature, time and speed range via PC. 

Protection against unintentional changes by memory storage of the set values for temperature, 

shaking frequency and incubation time. 

Low noise, robust shaking mechanism. Large Plexiglas door window gives excellent viewing of the interior. 

Stainless steel chamber and door lining. Microprocessor controlled timer with "time remaining" 

display acoustically signals the end of the incubation period (adjustable from 1 minute to 999 hours). 

Optimal temperature distribution. Built-in cooling coil for connection to standard flow coolers or 

circulators for use under room temperature. Set-value dependent, electronic over and 

under temperature cut-out. Optical and acoustic alarms are triggered if the preset values are 

passed and the heating switches on/off automatically. A thermostatic overtemperature switch is 

provided for protecting the tubular heating elements. 

Electronic function monitoring: If a fault develops, the cause of the error is indicated on the display. 

A shaking trolley is provided which accepts accessory platforms. 

Platforms can be removed and assembled with fittings or loaded outside the incubator. 

Fluorescent lighting in the chamber allows daylight simulation. GS-tested. 


Model 3032: single door 

Model 3033: double door 

Temperature range: +20 to +70°C from approx. ambient + 8°C or 3°C over 

cooling water temperature up to 70°C 

Temperature control: electronic, PID 

Stability: ±0.2°C 

Temperature display: digital - LED 

Overtemperature cut-out: electronic 

Type of motion: orbital 

Shaking speed: 10 to 250 rpm. 

Shaking speed display: digital - LED 


External 

Max. 


load 


L mm mm kg 

3032 

45 450 x 300 x 320 710 x 650 x 710 

12 70/80** 

3033 * 

150 674 x 540 x 430 930 x 890 x 820 

20 135/270** 

* 3033: Shaking speed 10 to 250 rpm if only lower tier is loaded. Max. 200 rpm with both tiers loaded 

**Net/Gross 

2 

Platforms 

Platform 3966 for type 3031 and shakers 3011 to 3018 

450 x 450 mm. 

Platform 3970 for type 3032 

Stainless steel, 450 x 300 mm, with perforated surface for attachment of clips 

to hold 25 to 2000ml capacity erlenmeyer flasks or bottles. 

Platform 3980 for type 3033 and shakers 3019 and 3020 

Made of 3mm thick, 674 x 540 mm, anodized aluminium with perforated surface for 

attachment of clips to hold 25 to 2000ml capacity erlenmeyer flasks or bottles. 

E & OE. 


Incubators 

Cat. No. PK 

9.837 927 

9.837 929 

Type For Type Cat. No. PK 

Platform 3966 

Platform 3970 

Platform 3980 

3031 / 3011 to 3018 

3032 

3033 / 3019 / 3020 

9.837 936 

9.837 990 

9.837 980 

Accessories for GFL incubators and shakers - please see page 353 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

1 

2 

603

1 

2 

3 


Incubators 

Type Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Mini incubator 4010 

Mini roller incubator 4020 

4 

604 

1 

Clips for Erlenmeyer flasks 

Clips for Erlenmeyer flasks. Supplied singly. 

To be screwed onto shaking trays 3966/3970/3980. 

Complete with fixing screw. 

Type For 

flasks 

3983 

3984 

3985 

3986 

3987 

3988 

3989 

3989 

ml 

25 

50 

100 

200 

250 to 300 

500 

1000 

2000 

Max. clips per 

platform refs. 

3966/3970/3980 

79/52/99 

49/33/99 

36/22/50 

22/15/26 

16/13/26 

12/10/26 

9/ 6/12 

-/ 3/ 9 

E & OE. 


Cat. No. PK 

9.837 983 

9.837 984 

9.837 985 

9.837 986 

9.837 987 

9.837 988 

9.837 989 

9.837 991 

Accessories for GFL incubators and shakers - please see page 353 

2 3 

Mini incubator 4010 and mini tube roller incubator 4020 

For incubation (4010 and 4020) and hybridisation (4020), which require exactly 

reproducible temperatures. With microprocessor-controlled temperature regulation (PI). 

Digital temperature readout and setting with LED display in increments of 0.1°C. 

Optimal temperature distribution within the interior is maintained by means of a specially developed, 

air circulation system which also offers rapid heat up. 

Electronic and mechanical safety devices prevent overheating. 

If the temperature strays outside the set range, a visible alarm is triggered and 

heating is automatically switched off. 

Electronic function monitoring: in the event of an error, the cause of the error is 

shown on the LED display. Clear control panel with intuitive symbols. 

Double-key operation prevents unintentional alteration of set-points. 

Robust, transparent Plexiglass cover gives clear view of the interior. 

4010: Removable perforated insert tray and corrosion resistant stainless steel base pan 

are provided for spillage collection or filling with water to increase humidity. 

4020: Variable, removable tube rolling unit with 4 rubber-covered support rollers. 

The two external rollers can be adjusted without tools for the use of bottles with different diameters. 

For use with 32 to 76 mm diameter hybridisation bottles. 

Alternatively, two cell culture roller bottles up to 110 mm diameter and 285 mm long can be accommodated. 

Constant rotation speed: 12 rpm., even when used in continuous mode. 


Temperature range: approx. 8°C above ambient to 60°C 

Temperature constancy: ±0.2°C 

Supply requirements: 

230 V 50/60 Hz, 0.3 kW 


Max. 

load 

Capacity Movement 

type 

mm kg litres rpm 

230 x 310 x 170 

230 x 300 x 140 

4 

5 

3 

12 

10 

Hybridisation bottles 

- 

rotating 

Speed Cat. No. PK 

- 

12, fixed 

For hybridisation oven model 7601 and mini tube roller incubator 4020. 

Heavy wall borosilicate glass. 

Plastic screw cap with 0.5 mm hole in the centre forpressure compensation. 

(Also available solid - undrilled). 

9.535 605 

9.535 607 

Type Dia. Length Max. bottles Cat. No. PK 

mm mm per rack 

7943 32 273 16 

9.535 643 

1 

7944 38 273 8 

9.535 644 

1 

7945 51 273 8 

9.535 645 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL


1 

Incubators SI50, SI70 and SI80 

These combined incubators and shakers have been designed to provide controlled and 

uniform conditions. Forced air circulation ensures uniform heating. 

The desired temperature is easily set and accurately monitored via a digital display. 

For extra protection of samples, each incubator is fitted with an adjustable safety cut-out. 

Shaking speed is variable and controlled via electronic feed-back to accurately maintain set speeds. 

Shaking action is automatically halted when the door is open for maximum user safety. 

Acrylic construction provides excellent all round visibility. 

There are three models to choose from: 

SI50: Has an orbital shaking action and a versatile clamping system which secures most sizes and 

mixtures of flaks up to 2 litre capacity. Typically, the platform will accommodate the following Erlenmeyer flasks: 

9 x 250 ml, or 6 x 500 ml or 4 x 1000 ml or 1 x 2000 ml. 

SI70: Has a gentle 3D gyratory motion, ideal for low foaming agitation, DNA extractions, staining and 

de-staining gels, etc. The blue non slip mat hold vessels in place. 

The tier system doubles the working space. 

SI80: Has a see-saw shaking action ideal for washing and blotting procedures. 

The blue non slip mat hold vessels in place. The tier system doubles the working space. 

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection on the metal surfaces. 


SI50 

SI70 

SI80 

2 

Incubator with orbital shaker 

Incubator with gyratory rocker 

Incubator with see-saw rocker 

Rapid incinerator 

E & OE. 

9.951 612 

9.645 318 

9.645 319 

Up to 950°C. For individual and series incineration of solids and liquids. 

Upper platform with 8 openings of 34 mm diameter, for porcelain crucibles 

up to 50 mm diameter. Upper platform and housing made of stainless steel. 

With 120 minute timer with audible signal after timed period and separate continuous operation switch. 

A safety switch switches the mains supply off/on automatically on opening/closing the incinerator chamber. 

With 1.5 metre cable and earthed plug. 

Type SVR/E 

With electronic temeprature control which allows stepless heating adjustment from 10 to 100%. 

Type SVD 95. 

With digital temperature adjustment and display. 

Type EH 400. 

Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E. 

Type EH 95. 

Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95. 

Power: 2500 W 

Voltage: 230 V 

Dimensions: 450 x 310 x 180 mm 

Weight: 7 kg 


Rapid incinerator SVR/E 

Rapid incinerator SVD 95 

Accessories for Rapid incinerator 

Type EH 400. 

Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E. 

Type EH 95. 

Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95. 

9.884 140 

9.884 141 


Heating element EH 400 for SVR/E 

Heating element EH 95 for SVD 95 

9.884 142 

9.884 143 


Incubators-Incinerators and Furnaces 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

Gestigkeit 

Gestigkeit 

1 

2 

605

1 


Incinerators and Furnaces 

Type Max. 

temp. 

CWF 11/5 

CWF 11/13 

CWF 11/23 

CWF 12/5 

CWF 12/13 

CWF 12/23 

2 

606 

1 

Chamber furnaces CWF 

The main feature of the modern design of these standard laboratory furnaces is the 

unique heating elements - one on each side of the furnace chamber. 

The elements are spirally-wound nickel chromium wire, held in grooves within the insulated wall. 

These free radiating exposed heating elements provide a faster heat up rate than other 

conventional muffle furnaces. Use of high grade, fireclay brick around the chamber opening and 

a non-slip ceramic floor, together with fibre insulation, result in a robust furnace for daily use 

with excellent heat insulation and low current consumption. 

This all-round furnace is also ideal for incineration. 

All furnaces are equipped with a digital PID controller and can also be supplied with 

programme controller on request. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W L mm mm 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1200 

1200 

1200 

Type Max. 

temp. 

ELF 11/6B 

ELF 11/14B 

ELF 11/23 

3 

2.4 

3.1 

7.5 

2.4 

3.1 

7.5 

2 

4.70 

13.00 

23.00 

4.70 

13.00 

23.00 

140 x 250 x 135 

200 x 325 x 200 

245 x 400 x 245 

140 x 250 x 135 

200 x 325 x 200 

245 x 400 x 245 

Economy laboratory furnaces ELF 

E & OE. 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

375 x 485 x 585 

435 x 610 x 655 

505 x 675 x 705 

375 x 485 x 585 

435 x 610 x 655 

505 x 675 x 705 


Cat. No. PK 

9.764 251 

9.764 252 

9.764 253 

9.764 254 

9.764 255 

9.764 256 

The ELF range of furnaces is available with chamber capacities of 6 & 14 litres. 

The heating chamber is insulated with vacuum-formed low thermal mass insulation, 

which ensures a fast heat up time of only 45 minutes. 

The double skinned construction ensures a cool safe outer case temperature. 

The totally new designed chamber now includes a hard ceramic hearth as standard, 

which offers additional protection from spillage. A ceramic chimney is fitted for ventilation of 

the chamber and is suitable for basic ashing processes for example in a waste water treatment 

plant or an analytical laboratory. If large volumes of fumes are to be generated by an ashing process, 

then a model from our dedicated ashing furnace range should be considered. 

The E301 PID controller is fitted as standard and offers a single ramp to set point. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W litres mm mm 

1100 

1100 

1100 

Type Max. 

temp. 

AAF 11/3* 

AAF 11/7* 

AAF 11/18* 

GSM 11/8 

BWF 11/13 

BWF 12/13 

2000 

3000 

5000 

3 

6 

14 

23 

180 x 200 x 165 

220 x 300 x 210 

255 x 400 x 235 

Ashing/Burn off furnaces 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

410 x 410 x 580 

450 x 520 x 630 

505 x 660 x 715 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.764 101 

9.764 102 

9.764 103 

1 

1 

1 

Carbolite 

Carbolite 

The extremely robust AAF designed especially for ashing, have a ceramic muffle offering 

Carbolite 

maximum protection of the heating elements against chemical or mechanical damage. 

They are especially suitable for ashing of coal, food and other hydrocarbon materials. 

The use of a low chamber height and 4 to 5 air changes per minute ensure that materials are 

ashed rapidly and fully. To ensure that the samples are not chilled by the air changes, 

the air is pre-heated before entry to the chamber. The AAF 11/7 meets the following standards: 

BS 1016 Part 4, ISO 344 and 1171, ASTM D2361, D2795 and D31784. 

The AAF 11/18 has protected elements behind ceramic plates and with the use of a metal rack 

the chamber capacity can be doubled. The GSM 11/8 comprises a 12mm thick quartz muffle and 

therefore offers a dust free chamber (only the door insulation is made from ceramic fibre insulation) and 

optimum protection from aggressive atmospheres such as H2S04, HN03 or HCL. 

The BWF furnace is a modified CWF and is suitable for ashing as a result of the inclusion of a tall chimney and 

air inlet holes in the door which remove the fumes from the furnace. Delivery includes a metal shelf to 

double the sample capacity. Digital three term PID controllers are used for all models. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W L mm mm 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1100 

*with max. temperature 1200°C on request 

2000 

3900 

7000 

3000 

3100 

3100 

3.10 

6.90 

18.40 

7.20 

13.00 

13.00 

150 x 250 x 85 

170 x 455 x 90 

196 x 400 x 235 

175 x 345 x 120 

200 x 325 x 200 

200 x 325 x 200 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

370 x 485 x 580 

430 x 740 x 650 

505 x 675 x 705 

505 x 725 x 705 

435 x 610 x 655 

435 x 610 x 655 

Cat. No. PK 

9.764 259 

9.764 260 

9.764 261 

9.764 262 

9.764 263 

9.764 264 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1


1 

Muffle furnaces series L3 - L40, Labotherm ® 

-Tmax 1100°C or 1200°C 

- ceramic heating plates with built-in heating wire, easy to replace 

- hardened vacuum-fibre, high-resistance muffle 

- housing manufactured from high grade stuctured stainless steel 

- double-walled housing for low surface temperature and high stability 

- Available with folding door (L) which can be used as a clipboard or without 

additional charge with a lift gate (LT), where the hot side will be averted from the user 

- adjustable air inlet in the door 

- exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall 

- silent electronic relay 

- Controller B170 serially with adjustable ramp holding temperature and holding time . 

Optional controller P320 with 9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times, PC interface. 

Type Capacity Power Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L3/11/P320 

L5/11/P320 

L9/11/P320 

L15/11/P320 

L24/11/B320 

L40/11/P320 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L W mm mm kg 

3 

5 

9 

15 

24 

40 

Other models available on request. 

2 

Muffle furnaces series LE 

1200 

2400 

3000 

3600 

4500 

6000 

160 x 140 x 100 

200 x 170 x 130 

230 x 240 x 170 

230 x 340 x 170 

280 x 340 x 250 

320 x 490 x 250 

380 x 370 x 420 

440 x 470 x 520 

480 x 550 x 570 

480 x 660 x 570 

560 x 660 x 650 

600 x 790 x 650 

-Tmax 1100°C, 1050°C working temperature 

- heating from both sides with heating elements in quartz tubes 

- multi-layer fibreboard insulation within the furnace 

- housing manufactured from high-grade textured stainless steel 

- folding door which can be used as a clipboard 

- exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall 

- silent, solid-state power control relay 

- R 6 controller supplied with models LE 2 and LE 4 with adjustable target temperature. 

Models LE 6 and LE 14 available with controller B 150 

(one ramp, one holding time, delayed start time) or optionally with controller C 250 

(9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times). 

Type Capacity Power Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

LE 2/11/R6 

LE 4/11/R6 

LE 6/11/B150 

LE 6/11/C290 

LE 14/11/B150 

LE 14/11/C290 

E & OE. 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L W mm mm kg 

2 

4 

6 

6 

14 

14 

1800 

1800 

1800 

1800 

2900 

2900 

110 x 180 x 110 

170 x 200 x 170 

170 x 200 x 170 

170 x 200 x 170 

220 x 300 x 220 

220 x 300 x 220 

275 x 380 x 350 

335 x 400 x 410 

510 x 400 x 320 

510 x 400 x 320 

555 x 500 x 375 

555 x 500 x 375 



Nabertherm 

1 


20 

35 

45 

55 

75 

95 

Nabertherm 

9.764 503 

9.764 505 

9.764 509 

9.764 507 

9.764 504 

9.764 506 

2 


10 

15 

18 

18 

24 

24 

9.764 537 

9.764 538 

9.764 539 

9.764 540 

9.764 541 

9.764 542 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

607

1 

2 



608 

1 

Tube furnaces 

These furnaces are manufactured in two halves and are hinged together for 

easy loading or placing around a work piece or worktube. 

The design offers the flexibility to place the furnace around a fixed item 

- such as a pipe with flanges which are too large to pass through a solid tube furnace, 

or around a sample which is fixed into a materials test rig. 

Whilst the HST models are ideally suited for horizontal use, they can also be used in 

the vertical position with the addition of ans "L" stand (see options). 

The VST (vertical) models have the same internal diameter, but smaller 

external dimensions and are primarily designed to fit within test rigs. 

Both models have extended insulation beyond the heated length which provides the 

opportunity to accept any tube diameter (op to the maximum listed) by 

cutting away part of the unheated insulation. 

A three zone version of a vertical split furnace is model TVS which is also hinged and 

gives improved uniform length with three zone control (see section on 3-zone tube furnaces). 

A PID controller is fitted in a separate control box with a 2m length of cable. 

Type Max. 

temp. 

HST 12/-/200 

HST 12/-/300 

HST 12/-/400 

HST 12/-/600 

HST 12/-/900 

VST 12/-/200 

VST 12/-/300 

VST 12/-/400 

VST 12/-/600 

VST 12/-/900 

HZS 12/-/600 

HZS 12/-/900 

TVS 12/-/600 

TVS 12/-/900 

2 

Zones Heated 

zone 

E & OE. 

Tube 

length 

°C mm mm 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

Infra-red furnace 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

200 

300 

400 

600 

900 

200 

300 

400 

600 

900 

600 

900 

600 

900 

350 

450 

550 

750 

1050 

350 

450 

550 

750 

1050 

750 

1050 

750 

1050 


Cat. No. PK 

9.764 236 

9.764 237 

9.764 238 

9.764 239 

9.764 240 

9.764 241 

9.764 242 

9.764 243 

9.764 244 

9.764 245 

9.764 246 

9.764 247 

9.764 248 

9.764 249 

This infra-red furnace (IR furnace) is heated by an IR radiator (double radiator), 

which is precisely positioned in the focal distance of a polished metal cylinder with 

elliptical cross section. 

The IR radiation is reflected on the cylinder surface and focused on a second focal line. 

A silica tube runs along the second focal line and can be cross-flowed by an oxygen stream. 

The furnace heats up quickly (from room temperature to 100°C in 10 sec) and is programmable, i.e. 

the temperature cycle can be programmed via a controller. 

Temperature measurements are taken by a thermocouple which is fixed in the cylinder interior. 

The cylinder consists of two half-shells which each surround the heating focal line. 

The combustion chamber is therefore visible. 

Furthermore its construction allows the upper cylinder shell to be displaced on rollers. 

This gives very rapid cooling of the furnace and allows access to the interior of the furnace area. 

A heatpipe cooling system accelerates the cooling process and makes it unnecessary to use 

expensive water cooling. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Carbolite 


Maximum furnace temperature along focal line: 1150°C 

Tube i.d.: nominal 15 mm, other internal Ø up to 29 mm optional 

Furnace length: 200 mm (other lengths optional) 

Maximum radiation strength: 1.5 kW 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 360 x 440 x 420 mm 

Supply: 230 V 50 Hz 


Infrared furnace 9.882 105 1 

Behr


1 

Tube furnaces MTF/CTF/TZF 

Standard tube furnaces MTF, CTF and TZF allow the most precise temperature control 

and offer excellent uniformity. 

Each furnace has a double wall construction with a gridded metal guard for user protection. 

The heating element consists of resistance wire which is wound directly around a ceramic work tube. 

The digital PID controller allows the user to programme a ramp to set-point and also has a timer function. 

Vertical tube versions, models with three heating zones or split tube furnaces are available on request. 

Other tube diameters or heated zone lengths are also available. 

Heating zones MTF - CTF: 1, Heating zones TZF: 3 

Type Max. 

temp. 

MTF 10/15/130 

MTF 10/25/130 

MTF 12/25/250 

MTF 12/25/400 

MTF 12/38/250 

MTF 12/38/400 

CTF 12/65/550 

CTF 12/75/700 

TZF 12/75/700 

2 

Heated 

zone 

Tube 

length 

Tube 

dia. 

E & OE. 



Carbolite 

Power External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm mm mm W mm 

1000 

1000 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

130 

130 

250 

400 

250 

400 

550 

700 

700 

150 

150 

300 

450 

300 

450 

600 

750 

750 

Tube furnaces, R 30/250/12 to R 100/1000/13 

Supplied with tube (Sillmantin 60) and two end stoppers, 

ensuring that most standard procedures can be conducted: 

- srainless steel housing 

- diameter of tubes from 30 up to 100 mm 

- heating zones from 250 up to 1000 mm 

- smooth electronic relay switching 

- digital PID-controller B 170 as standard 

- Additional P320 programmer with 9 programmes and 8 segments 

- optional three zone controller C40 as master-control and 2 x zone controller C6z 

(from 750 mm heating length onwards in types 1300°C) 

- available for max. temp 1200 or 1300°C 

Type Max. 

temp. 

R 50/250/12 

R 50/500/12 

R 50/500/12 

R 100/750/12 

R 100/750/12 

R 120/1000/12 

R 100/750/13* 

R 100/750/13* 

R 120/1000/13* 

Tube 

dia. 

15 

25 

25 

25 

38 

38 

65 

75 

75 

0.4 

0.4 

0.7 

1.0 

1.0 

1.5 

2.0 

3.0 

3.0 

Power Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm W mm 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1300 

1300 

1300 

30 

30 

40 

60 

80 

100 

60 

80 

100 

Furnaces are available in other sizes and max. temperatures- details on request. 

*These models are also available in 3 zone versions. 

1200 

1800 

1800 

3600 

3600 

6000 

4400 

4400 

6500 

400 x 240 x 490 

650 x 240 x 490 

650 x 240 x 490 

1000 x 360 x 640 

1000 x 360 x 640 

1300 x 420 x 730 

1000 x 360 x 640 

1000 x 360 x 640 

1300 x 420 x 730 

150 x 175 x 265 

150 x 175 x 265 

370 x 375 x 375 

450 x 375 x 375 

370 x 375 x 430 

450 x 375 x 430 

625 x 360 x 525 

775 x 360 x 525 

775 x 360 x 525 

Nabertherm 

1 

2 

Cat. No. PK 

9.764 420 

9.764 421 

9.764 422 

9.764 423 

9.764 424 

9.764 425 

9.764 426 

9.764 427 

9.764 428 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.764 510 

9.764 512 

9.764 513 

9.764 514 

9.764 515 

9.764 516 

9.764 521 

9.764 522 

9.764 523 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

609

1 

2 

3 

4 


Hotplates 

610 

1 

Laboratory hotplates SLR 

E & OE. 


For stirring, heating and controlling. As well as the ability for rapid and 

Schott Instruments 

temperature-controlled heating, many applications also require liquids to be stirred. 

You can use the Schott SLR hotplate/stirrer to provide gentle or vigorous liquid stirring and, 

if required, gradual heating or cooling. 

All functions are displayed on the clear LCD panel and can be monitored. 

The stirrer and heating are individually controlled via manual control knobs. 

The stirrer can be set from 100 to 1100 rpm x 10 rpm. increments. 

The average rpm is shown as a bar graph. 

True running is achieved even at the lower end of the rpm range. 

Heating can also be adjusted over 24 steps attaining an average of 0.9 kW at the top of the range. 

It is possible to regulate temperatures between 25°C and 200°C with variations of 

between ±2 and ±5°C using the Pt1000 temperature sensor, depending on the liquid volume, 

heat capacity and ambient temperature conditions. 

The display panel informs the user at 5 second intervals of the pre-set desired temperature and 

the actual temperature. 

The average thermal energy generated is also shown as a bar graph. 

Type Zones Heated 

zone 

Surface Rating Stirrer Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Cat. No. PK 

mm mm W mm 

SLR 1 155 dia. 235 x 235 900 integral 240 x 370 x 85 9.720 130 1 

2 

Laboratory hotplates, SLK series 

The heating surface of all six models is made of 'Ceran' glass ceramic panels which 

Schott Instruments 

are well-known for their tried and tested reliability. 

The two top of the range models can carry out stirring applications with precise temperature control. 

Glass ceramic plates are ideal for use as laboratory hotplates. 

They offer excellent chemical resistance with high-grade surface quality and are therefore easy to clean. 

Due to their excellent thermal properties cold water can be poured over glass ceramic plates when 

hot without causing any damage. 

SLK 1 and SLK 2. 

For rapid and safe heating of liquids using a radiant heating element. 

Thermal energy can be adjusted over 9 stages using an infrared touch panel and at level 9 reaches an 

ouput of 1.2 or 1.8 kW respectively. An overtemperature cut-out prevents overheating. 

Type Heated Rating Dimensions 

zone 

(W x D x H) 

mm W mm 

SLK 1 280 x 280 1200 295 x 395 x 110 

SLK 2 280 x 280 1800 295 x 395 x 110 

3 

Hotplate, SB 160 

Energy regulator control with arbitrarily scaled dial heat control. 

cast aluminium/silicon hotplate. Maximum temperature 325°C. 

Warning light comes on if plate temperature exceeds 50°C. 

A support rod can be mounted within the top of the outer casing. 

For 230V a.c. supplies. 



Plate (W x D): 160 x 160 mm 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 610 

9.645 611 

Type Max. 

temp. 

Power Cat. No. PK 

°C W 

SB 160 325 700 9.645 300 1 

4 

Hotplates, analogue, Stuart CB300 and CB500 

Maximum temperature as indicated. 

Energy regulator control with glass ceramic top plate and 'hot' warning lamp 

which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 

50°C. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 


Type Max. 

temp. 

CB300 

CB500 

Hotplate 

Weight Rating Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm kg W mm 

450 300 x 300 

6 1200 300 x 365 x 105 

375 500 x 300 

12 2250 520 x 360 x 130 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 338 

9.645 316 

1 

1 

Stuart 

Stuart


1 

Hotplates, analogue, Stuart SB 300 and SB 500 

Maximum temperature 300°C. 

Energy regulator control with cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate and 

'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 50°C. 

The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. 


Model SB 300 

Top plate: 300 x 300 mm 

Overall (W x D x H): 300 x 365 x 105 mm 

Weight: 6 kg 

Power: 600 W 

Model SB 500 



Weight: 12 kg 

Power: 1500 W 

As described. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 


SB300 

SB500 

2 

Hotplate, digital reading, SD160 

E & OE. 

9.645 331 

9.645 317 

Maximum temperature 325°C. Energy regulator control with highly visible fluorescent 

display of set and actual plate temperature with 1°C resolution, aluminium/silicon alloy 

plate 160 x 160 mm 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature 

exceeds 50°C and retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. 

Overall 190 x 300 x 110 mm W x D x H, weight 2.5 kg. 

For 230V 50 Hz single phase supplies, 700 W. 



Hotplate SD160 9.645 332 1 

3 4 5 

Hotplate CC 162 and SC 162 

- Choice of robust aluminium or chemically resistant, ceramic top plate 

- Flashing "Hot" warning light to warn when top plate is too hot to touch 

Model CC162 has a glass ceramic top that has excellent chemical and temperature resistance. 

The surface is easy to keep clean and the thermal properties allow very high plate temperatures. 

Model SC162 has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for good heat transmission. 

A 700 W element gives rapid heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole of the plate. 

With BioCote silver based antimicrobial protection. 

Technical Specifications 

Plate dimensions: 160 x 160 mm 

Heated area: 

CC162 120 x 120 mm 

SC162 160 x 160 mm 

Heater Power: 

CC162 500 W 

SC162 700 W 

Stirrer speed range: 100 to 1500 rpm 


Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz a.c. 

Maximum stirring capacity: 15 litres 

Max. plate temperature: 

CC162 450°C 

SC162 325°C 


CC 162 

SC 162 

SCT 1 

Ceramic top stirrer hotplate 

Metal top stirrer hotplate 

Temperature controller 

9.645 340 

9.645 341 

9.645 342 


Hotplates 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

Stuart 

Stuart 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

611

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


Hotplates 

612 

Accessories for hotplate CC 162 and SC 162 

E & OE. 



SCT 1/1 

SCT 1/2 

SCT 1/1/MP 

1 2 

PTFE Probe 

Probe holder 

Metal probe 

Hotplate, Hotplate/Stirrer, infra-red, CR300 and CR302 

- Very efficient heating saving time and energy 

- Chemically resistant ceramic top 

- "Hot" warning light for user safety 

Using an ultra-efficient, infra-red heater of just 900 W power this hotplate will boil 

1 litre of water over 30 % faster than a conventional ceramic hotplate of 1200 W. 

Ideal for heating large volumes of liquid. 

9.645 343 

9.645 344 

9.645 345 

Additional functions of CR302: 

- stirrer speed range 100 to 1500 

- Ideal for heating and stirring large volumes of liquid, particularly microbiological media 

- with fitting for retort rod and supplied with 2 x 25 mm stirrer bar followers 


Specification 

Plate dimensions 300 x 300 mm 

Heated area, diameter 140 mm 

Heater Power 900 W 

Overall dimensions (WxDxH) 300 x 365 x 105 mm 

Weight 4 kg 

Supply requirements 230 V 50/60 Hz, 900 W 


CR300 

CR302 

3 4 

Hotplates digital, SD 300 and SD 500 

9.645 336 

9.645 337 

Maximum temperature 300°C. Digital setting and control of plate temperature with 1°C 

resolution and cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate. The 300 x 300 top plate model has 

a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. 


Model SD300 



Weight: 6 kg 

Power: 600 W 

Model SD500 



Weight: 12 kg 

Power: 1500 W 

As described. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 


SD300 

SD500 

5 

Hotplate, digital, 300 x 300 mm 

Hotplate, digital, 300 x 500 mm 

High-performance hotplates 

9.645 320 

9.645 321 

+50 to +500°C, with thermostatic temperature control. 

Ceran ® glass ceramic material is highly resistant to breakage and changes in temperature, 

free from distortion, permeable to ultra-violet light and highly acid-resistant. 

Bench-top instrument with built-in controller. 

SR model - with separate controller for wall mounting can be supplied on request. 

Type Hot- Power Supply 

plate 

requirements 

mm W 

11 A 280 x 280 2000 230 

22 A 280 x 430 3000 230 

33 A 430 x 430 4400 400 (3ph.) 

44 A 430 x 580 5700 400 (3ph.) 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 711 

9.645 712 

9.645 714 

9.645 715 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

Stuart 

Stuart 

Gestigkeit


1 

High-performance hotplate 

Max. 500°C. High-performance Ceran ® glass ceramic hotplate with circular heating area 

145 mm diameter, stainless steel housing, power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) 

and integral temperature monitor. 


Power: 1200 W 

Supply requirement: 230 V 



CT 10 9.645 740 1 

2 

Precision hotplate, PZ 44 

Automatic, precise regulation of temperatures between +20 and +450°C. Digital presetting 

and temperature display. Three power levels (825, 1650 and 3300 W) can be set and an 

additional electronic power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) is provided. 

At 825 and 3300 W settings the entire plate surface is heated. 

At 1650 W setting only the right hand side of the plate is heated. As a result of heat conduction, 

the temperature from the right hand side to the left edge of the plate varies by approx. 40%. 

With solid, flat, low-distortion, cast GG15 alloy. 

Plate size: 290 x 440 mm 

Temperature setting: +20 to +450°C 

Switching differential: ±1°C 


Dimensions: (W x D x H): 320 x 470 x 190 mm 

Weight: 23 kg 

Supply requirement: 230 V (400 V, 3-ph. versions are also available on request) 


PZ 44 9.645 744 1 

Precision hotplate, PZ 44, accessories 

E & OE. 


Hotplates 

Gestigkeit 

Gestigkeit 

As described. Gestigkeit 


Cable with plug for temperature safety device, 

timer switch, contact thermometer 

Temperature safety device for 82, 128, 156, 170, 182, 212, 228, 254°C please 

state when ordering 

3 

Hotplates 

9.645 747 

9.645 748 

Range: +50 to +300°C, for continuous operation. Electric hotplates with thermostatic 

temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the 

heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. Excellent uniform temperature 

distribution over entire heating surface. Asbestos free. Stainless steel housing, 

with painted central section. Height-adjustable feet. Mains cable approximately 1.7 m. 

Height approximately 170 mm. 

With earthed plug for 230V supplies up to 3300W. A 400V 3-phase model is also available. 

Type Power Hot- Width Length Supply 

plate 

requirements 

W mm mm mm 

HT 02 

1800 300 x 300 312 312 230 

HT 12 

2200 350 x 350 358 358 230 

HT 22 

2850 350 x 500 514 364 230 

HT 32-230 4000 430 x 580 592 442 230 

HT 32-400 4000 430 x 580 592 442 400 (3ph.) 

4 

Precision hotplates, PZ-series 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 781 

9.645 782 

9.645 785 

9.645 786 

9.645 787 

1 

5 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Gestigkeit 

For continuous operation. Provide extremely accurate, uniform temperatures, even in 

Gestigkeit 

plate corners and on edges. Polished anodised aluminium heating surface. 

Microprocessor-controlled temperature controller with temperature setting up to 99.9 in 0.1°C steps, 

over 99.9 in 1°C steps. Actual temperature displayed continuously. 

With separate power controller for performance adjustment to the heating requirements from 10 to 100%. 

Adjustable temperature monitor from +50 to +300°C (with PZ 28-1, 30 to 110°C) to prevent excess temperatures. 

Type Hot- Max. temp. Power Dimensions 

plate range 

(W x D x H) 

mm °C W mm 

PZ 28-1 200 x 280 +20 to +110 

500 210 x 300 x 135 

PZ 28-2 200 x 280 +20 to +300 

1100 210 x 300 x 135 

PZ 35 350 x 350 +20 to +300 

2200 365 x 365 x 155 

PZ 60 610 x 160 +20 to +300 

2000 620 x 200 x 155 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 827 

9.645 828 

9.645 824 

9.645 829 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

613

1 

2 

3 

4 


Hotplates 

614 

Precision hotplates, PZ-series, accessories 

E & OE. 


As described. Gestigkeit 


SK 83 to Cable for contact thermometer 

ST 12 to Support rod 12 mm D. (PZ 60 only) 

HK 3 to Holder for contact thermometer 

1 

Sand baths 

9.645 831 

9.645 832 

9.645 833 

Range: 50 to 300°C, for continuous operation. Electrical sand baths with thermostatic 

temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the 

heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. 

Excellent uniform temperature distribution over the entire heating surface. Asbestos free. 

The sand bath frame is tightly screwed onto the hotplate so that the sand is in direct 

contact with the hotplate. Useful depth 50 mm. Stainless steel controller housing, 

with painted central section. Height-adjustable feet. 

Connection cable approximately 1.7 m. With earthed plug for 230 V supplies up to 3300 W. 

A 400V 3-phase model is also available. Overall height approximately 220 mm. 

Type Power Hot- Width Length Supply 

plate 

requirements 

W mm mm mm 

ST 72 

2200 360 x 360 360 360 360 x 360 

ST 82 

2850 360 x 510 514 364 364 x 514 

ST 92-2 

4000 440 x 590 592 442 442 x 592 

ST 92-3 

4000 440 x 590 592 442 442 x 592 

2 

Hotplate, EV 1 

Compact laboratory heater with 85mm diameter hotplate. With variable energy 

regulator control and dipole cut-out mains switch with indicator lamp. 


Dimensions: (W x D x H): 150 x 225 x 110 mm 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 814 

9.645 815 

9.645 816 

9.645 820 


EV 1 individual heater 9.645 520 1 

3 

Flask heaters, KI-series 

Reliable, individual heaters for flasks. With bowl-shaped tubular heating element and 

built-in stainless steel reflector collar around the aperture. With variable power 

controller, dipole cut-out via mains switch and indicator lamp. 



Type For 

flasks 

ml 

KI 1 50 to 250 

KI 2 250 to 1000 

4 

Hotplates, series heating, EV 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 525 

9.645 527 

Convenient, 4- or 6-place series heating benches with 85 mm diameter hotplates. 

Each of the hotplates can be individually controlled. 

With dipole mains switch and indicator lamp. Supplied with mains cable. 

Multi-functional due to the wide range of accessories available. Maximum temperature 425°C. 

Type Zones Heating 

capacity 

EV 14 

EV 16 

4 

6 

1800 

2700 

Width Depth Height Cat. No. PK 

W mm mm mm 

600 

900 

225 

225 

110 

110 

9.645 530 

9.645 532 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Gestigkeit 

Gerhardt 

Gerhardt 

Gerhardt


1 

Flask heaters, series heating, KI series 

Versatile, 4- or 6-bank heaters with bowl-shaped tubular heating elements and built-in 

stainless steel reflector collars around the apertures for flasks up to 1000 ml. 

Each heater position can be individually controlled. With mains switch and pilot light. 

Particularly suitable for Kjeldahl analyses. Supplied with mains connection cable. 

Capacity can be increased using accessories. 

Not suitable for use with distillation solvents. 

Type Zones Max. 

temp. 

KI 16 

KI 24 

KI 26 

2 3 4 

6 x 250 ml 

4 x 250 to 1000 ml 

6 x 250 to 1000 ml 

Power Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W mm 

600 

750 

750 

1800 

2320 

3480 

600 x 225 x 130 

600 x 225 x 130 

900 x 225 x 130 

Block thermostats 100°C, QBA, QBD and QBH series 

E & OE. 


Hotplates-Block thermostats 

Cat. No. PK 

9.645 540 

9.645 544 

9.645 546 

For controlled dry heating of test tubes, microplates and Eppendorf tubes in 

interchangeable aluminium blocks. 

The following models are available: 

QBA 

- analogue dial temperature setting 

QBD/QBH2 

- fast heat-up time, variety of block options and in-block temperature sensing capability 

using accessory external sensor probe 

- built-in timer, programmable delayed start and RS232 output for data monitoring 

- requires but does not include interchangeable QB-series blocks 

Technical data Models QBA1/QBA2 

Temperature range: Ambient + 5 to 100°C 



Supply requirements: 230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply 

Models QBD1/QBD2/QBD4/QBH2 

Temperature range: Ambient 5 to 100°C, QBH2: 5 to 200°C 



Supply requirements: 230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply 

Type Blocks 

accepted 

QBA1 

QBA2 

QBD1 

QBD2 

QBD4 

QBH2 

5 

1 

2 

1 

2 

4 

2 

Power Length Width Height Cat. No. PK 

W mm mm mm 

150 

300 

150 

300 

600 

300 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

230 

280 

230 

280 

380 

280 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

9.852 305 

9.852 306 

9.852 307 

9.852 308 

9.852 309 

9.852 310 

Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers 

Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers. Transparent 

polycarbonate. Protect the operator against accidentally touching blocks whilst hot. 


QDLS 

QDLL 

QDLS 

Cover for QBA1 and QBD1 

Cover for QBD4 

Cover for QBA2, QBD2 and QBH2 

Microtubes - please see page 183 

9.852 311 

9.852 312 

9.852 314 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Gerhardt 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

615

1 

2 

3 


Block thermostats 

616 

1 

Digital block thermostats, series QBA, QBD, QBH, accessory blocks, QB 

Accessory blocks for QBT series only. Interchangeable. 

Machined aluminium, 140 x 50 x 63 mm (L x W x H). 

Holes drilled as indicated. 

Type For 

tubes 

dia. 

mm 

QB-10 

QB-12 

QB-16 

QB-18 

QB-24 

QB-H 

QB-E0 

QB-E1 

QB-E2 

QB-0 

2 3 

10 mm 

12 mm 

16 mm 

18 mm 

24 mm 

56 x 0.2 ml 

24 x 0.5 ml 

24 x 1.5 ml 

24 x 2.0 ml 

Solid block for user to drill 

Block Heaters, analogue and digital, Stuart 

E & OE. 

No.of 

holes 

24 

24 

12 

12 

5 

56 

24 

24 

24 

0 


Cat. No. PK 

9.951 661 

9.951 662 

9.951 663 

9.951 664 

9.951 665 

9.951 666 

9.951 667 

9.951 668 

9.951 669 

9.951 670 

- Choice of either analogue or digital models 

- Digital models available with either 130°C or 200°C maximum temperature 

- Three block model for extra capacity 

- Microprocessor control maintains set temperatures very accurately 

- Uniform and stable block temperatures 

Designed for the precise heating of test-tubes, microcentrifuge tubes, cuvettes and microplates. 

Range compromises an economical analogue model with easy to use, dial setting and 

advanced digital models with bright, easy to read, LED display which facilitates setting of the 

required temperature and also accurate monitoring of the actual temperature. 

Excellent temperature stability and uniformity is maintained via sensitive, microprocessor control. 

Heats to 100°C in less than 12 minutes. 

Supplied complete with block extraction tool but without aluminium blocks which must be ordered separately. 



Temperature stability at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Uniformity within block at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Uniformity within block at 130°C: ±1°C 

Electrical supply: 230 V, 50 Hz 

SBH130 SBH130D 

Number of blocks: 2 2 

Temp. range: Ambient +8°C to +130°C Ambient +8°C to +130°C 

Display type: Calibrated knob LED 

Display resolution: 10°C 0.1°C 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 235 x 280 x 115 mm 235 x 280 x 115 mm 

Net weight: 2.1 kg 2.3 kg 

Heater power: 400 W 400 W 

SBH200D SBH200D/3 

Number of blocks: 2 3 

Temp. range: Ambient +8°C to +200°C Ambient +8°C to +200°C 

Display type: LED LED 

Display resolution: 0.1°C 0.1°C 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 310 x 280 x 115 mm 310 x 280 x 115 mm 

Net weight: 2.3 kg 3.2 kg 

Heater power: 300 W 450 W 


SBH130 

SBH130D 

SBH200 

SBH200D/3 

Block heater, 2 block, analogue, 130°C 

Block heater, 2 block, digital, 130°C 



9.852 300 

9.852 301 

9.852 302 

9.852 303 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Stuart


1 

Block heaters, Stuart SHT series, accessory aluminium blocks 

Supplied singly. 


Aluminium block for 20 x 10.5mm Ø test tubes 

Aluminium block for 20 x 12.5 mm Ø test tubes 



Aluminium block, solid, for user to drill as required 

Aluminium block for 48 x 0.2 ml centrifuge tubes 

Aluminium block for 20 x 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes 

Aluminium block for 20 x 2.0 ml Eppendorf tubes 

Aluminium block for 15 x 10 mm cuvettes. 

Separations can be removed to take larger cells 

2 

Thermomixer, Compact 

- With thermoblock heater for 24 x 1.5 ml microtubes. Supplied with a work rack and 

cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C 

- Very small footprint 

- Excellent heat insulation, safe to touch 

- Tubes are securely held 

E & OE. 

9.951 617 

9.951 618 

9.951 619 

9.951 620 

9.951 621 

9.951 622 

9.951 623 

9.951 624 

9.951 625 


Thermomixer compact 9.776 671 1 

3 4 

Thermomixer, Comfort 

Thermomixer product features: 

- Active counter-cooling expands the range of application 

- Improved mixing and incubation capacity 

- Basic device is supplied without interchangeable thermoblocks; flexibility is provided by 

user selection of up to five different accessory interchangeable blocks for 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 

2.0 ml tubes or microtitration plates in all well formats 

- Short-mix function 

- Easy to operate 

- Programmable: two different programmes with mixing andrest phases 

Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks 

- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes: 

Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath) 

- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; 

Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block 

- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm 


Comfort thermomixer, basic unit without interchangeable thermoblock 9.776 672 1 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

eppendorf 

eppendorf 

1 

2 

3 

4 

617

1 

2 



618 

1 

Accessories for Thermomixer Comfort 


- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml 

microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C 

(instead of an ice bath) 



- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, 

height 30 to 76 mm 

E & OE. 



Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C 


Interchangeable block for 24 x 2 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C 

Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates 

Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with 

interchangeable block for microtitration plates 

Interchangeable block for 11 to 11.9 mm Ø tubes, height 30 to 76 mm 

Rack and cooling pack to 0°C for 1.5 ml / 2.0 ml tubes 

Rack and cooling pack to 0°C for 0.5 ml tubes 

Interchangeable block for 8 x 15 ml Falcon-type tubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 x 50 ml Falcon-type tubes 

Interchangeable block for 1.5 to 2 ml Cryotubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 Slides 

2 

ThermoStat plus 

ThermoStat plus product features: 

- Precise temperature control of all commonly used laboratory tubes 

- Temperature control range -5°C to 99°C 

- Temperature/running time can be programmed individually, 

up to 4 temperature levels and 4 time phases in succession 

- User-friendly operation with no double-function keys 

- Remote control by PC and documentation output in accordance with 

GLP requirements are possible via an RS232 interface 

9.776 673 

9.776 674 

9.776 675 

9.776 696 

9.776 697 

9.776 699 

9.283 528 

9.283 527 

9.776 687 

9.776 688 

9.776 689 

9.776 691 


- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes: 

Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath) 




- CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes; 

can be attached easily, without locking 


ThermoStat plus, basic unit without interchangeable thermoblock 9.776 695 1 

Additional interchangeable thermoblocks are available - details on request 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

eppendorf 

eppendorf


1 

Accessories for ThermoStat plus 


- Safe to touch, interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml 

microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C 

(instead of an ice bath) 




- CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes; 

can be attached easily, without locking 

E & OE. 



eppendorf 


Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5 ml microtubes, with work rackand cooling pack to 0°C 


Interchangeable block for 24 x 2 ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C 

Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates 

Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR vessels for use withinterchangeable block for microtitration plates 

Interchangeable block CombiBox for various tubes, footprint 13.5 x 9.0 x 6.0 cm (W x D x H) 

Interchangeable block for vessels with 11 to 11.9 mm dia., height 30 to 76 mm 

Interchangeable block for 8 x 15 ml Falcon tubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 x 50 ml Falcon tubes 

Interchangeable block for 1.5 to 2 ml Cryotubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 x microscope slides 

2 

Microtube thermoshaker PHMT 

Combining the mixing operation with the incubation phase produces multiple benefits: 

reaction process times are reduced; the operator's workload is reduced; the efficiency of 

many procedures, e.g. the transformation of bacterial cells, is increased. 

- variable speed: 250 to 1400 rpm 

- 2 mm shaking orbit for effective mixing 

- temperature range: 5 to 100°C 

- timed shaking operation: 1 min to 96 hours 

- low voltage supply for safe cold room use 

- operating ambient 4°C to 45°C 

- requires but does not include interchangeable blocks 


Microtube-thermoshaker for changeable blocks 9.721 034 1 

3 

Accessory blocks for Microtube thermoshaker PHMT 


Block PSC-20 for 20 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes 

Block PSC-18 for 20 x 0.5 + 12 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes 

4 

Incubators PCH-1 and PCH-2 

Personal benchtop cooling/heating dry block for microcentrifuge tubes. 

The ingenious block construction, combined with the powerful Peltier module, 

produces very rapid cooling and heating. 

Temperature range: -10 to +100°C 

Heat up, amb. to 100°C: < 10 min 

Cool down, 100°C to amb.: < 12 min 

Cool down, amb. to -10°C: < 11 min 

9.721 035 

9.721 036 

Type Type Cat. No. PK 

PCH-1 

PCH-2 

12 x 1.5 ml plus 20 x 0.5 ml tubes 

20 x 1.5 ml tubes 

9.721 009 

9.721 010 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

9.776 673 

9.776 674 

9.776 675 

9.776 696 

9.776 697 

9.776 698 

9.776 699 

9.776 687 

9.776 688 

9.776 689 

9.776 691 

2 

3 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

619

1 

2 

3 


Block thermostats-Temperature controllers, thermostats 

620 

1 

Microplate thermoshaker PHMP 

For 96- and 384-well plates. 

Optimum heating environment combined with powerful orbital shaking to produce the 

maximum yield. Heated lid, for excellent stability and uniformity and to prevent condensation. 

- variable speed: 250 to 1200 rpm 

- 2 mm shaking orbit for effective mixing 

- temperature range: amb. +5 to +60°C 

- timed operation: 1 min to 100 hours 

- for 2 standard 96- or 384-well plates (max. 14 mm hight) 

- low voltage supply for safe, cold-room operation 

- ambient operating range: +4°C to +45°C 

E & OE. 



PHMP 9.721 033 1 

2 

Temperature regulator TD 2000 

Electronic temperature controller and limiter with digital display, 

switching power 2300 VA, 230 V, IP 30, 3 sensor types (Fe-CuNi, NiCr-Ni, Pt100) 

can be used (connection without diode plug). 

Temperature range 0 to +1200 ° C. 

Special features: 

- sensor correction is possible 

- switch-on durable selectable 

- unlimited data protection in case of mains failure 

- acoustic signal beeper 

- potential-free switching contact 

- heating-up curve (hysteresis) adjustable 

- protection from unauthorised operation (access coding) 

Typ 

TD 2000 temperature regulator 

TAD adapter with diode plug 

IFS-TD Set 

3 

Temperature controllers, Tempat ® -D 

For controlling temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, infrared radiators and water baths. 

Tempat ® -D has a 10 mm high, LED display which can even be seen in dark rooms and allows 

monitoring of actual temperature at any time. Set point can be entered via a 3 or 

4 figure coding switch with 1°C resolution. Built-in sensor breakdown fuse, 

switching interval display and Xp trimmer to adjust variable gain amplification between 0 and 10K. 

Sensor connection is via a plug-in socket. 

Appropriate temperature sensor can be supplied. 

If no temperature sensor is ordered, a loose plug is supplied. 

Technical data 

Input 230V 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity 2000W, 10 A 

Connection, appliance 1.20 m long connection cable with impact resistant plug 

and earthed schuko socket, other plug-in connections in accordance with Swiss or 

French/Belgian standards, for example can be supplied at additional cost. 

Housing 

Grey, glass fibre reinforced plastic 


On/off switch via dipole luminous rocker switch 

Sensor connection via socket 

Contact load Pt100 x 1 and 2 x thermocouple 

1 + 3 

Accuracy ±1 % from measuring range value 


Pt100 

Fe-CuNi 

NiCr-Ni 

0 to 400°C 

0 to 600°C 

0 to 1200°C 

Cat. No. PK 

9.725 110 

9.725 111 

9.725 112 

9.725 381 

9.725 382 

9.725 383 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant


1 

Temperature controllers, Tempat ® -DSI 

Safety temperature controllers for regulating the temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, 

infrared radiators and water baths. With 7 mm high LED display. 

A coding switch is provided for entering set points. 

For optimum safety: Irreversible safety contact breaker with secondary sensor input and 

dipole switch-off in the event of overtemperature or sensor malfunction. Visual and audible alarms. 

Critical temperature values are set using potentiometer and controlled via the display. 

Voltage: 220-235 V 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity: max. 2.3 kW 

Switching current: max. 10 A 

Measuring accuracy: ±1% 




Pt100 

Fe-CuNi 

NiCr-Ni 

0 to 400°C 

0 to 600°C 

0 to 1200°C 

Sensors for temperature controllers, Tempat ® 

E & OE. 

9.725 365 

9.725 366 

9.725 367 

Type Dia. Length Cat. No. PK 

mm mm 

Sensor Pt 100 2.5 250 

9.725 378 

1 

Sensor Fe-CuNi 1.5 250 

9.725 394 

1 

Sensor NiCr-Ni 1.5 250 

9.725 395 

1 

2 

Triac mains voltage regulator, MES2000 

MES 2000. 

Electronic alternating current adjuster for easy control of resistance power equipment such as hotplates, 

soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators, universal motor speed regulators, stirrers etc. 

With high rating fuse, 2 pin on/off luminous rocker switch and shielded, fused Schuko socket. 

Adjustment 10 to 230 V, fitted with an interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard. 

Type Power Cat. No. PK 

W 

MES2000 2000 9.724 952 1 

3 

Power controller, MES 2000 PSI 

An alternating current safety controller for variable and no-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes, 

soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc. 

Potentiometer scale adjustment and electronic triac switch monitoring. 

Controller switches irreversibly to dipole in the event of triac switch malfunction and visual and 

audible alarms operate immediately. This ensures optimum safety. 

Voltage: 220-235 V 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity: Max. 2300 VA 

Switching current: Max. 10 A 

Electronics: Phase 

controls 

Regulating range: 10 to 235 V a.c. 

Anti-interference: Grade N 




MES 2000 PSI 9.725 364 1 


Temperature controllers, thermostats 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

621

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


Temperature controllers, thermostats 

622 

1 

Power controller, Voltron-Plus 

E & OE. 


Alternating current controller for variable and no-loss control of resistive and inductive power devices with 

the following additional features: 

- On/off luminous rocker switch, dipole switching, 10 A (4) 

- IC controlled, hysteresis free 

- Quiet running 

- Anti-interference grade N 

- Fast-blow fuse 

- Protected fuse holder 

- Power-on indicator lamp 

Voltage 220-235 V a.c. 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity Max. 2000 VA 

Switching current Max. 10 A 

Electronics Phase 

controls 

Regulating range 0 to 235 V a.c. 


Weight 0.7 kg 


Voltron-Plus 9.725 363 1 

2 

Power controller, Voltron 20 

Alternating current resistance controller with interference suppressor for variable, 

no-power-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes, soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc., 

control range 25 to 225 V. With single throw on/off potentiometer and shielded fuse holder for 

safe fuse replacement away from the internal circuit. 

Fitted with interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard. 

Type Power Cat. No. PK 

W 

Voltron 20 2000 9.725 094 1 

3 

Temperature regulator KM-RX1004 

Electronic temperature controller with digital display, with integrated support clamp, 

switching power 2300 VA, 230 V, sensors KM series (NiCr-Ni, Pt100) can be used 

(connection without diode plug). Temperature range up to 1200 ° C. 


KM-RX 1004 9.642 654 1 

4 

Temperature controller KM-RX1004, accessory sensors KM series 

With fixed connecting cable and diode plug. 

Description Measuring 

range 

°C 

Thermocouple flat sensor 

0 to 400 

Thermocouple rod sensor 

0 to 1200 

Sheated element sensor 

0 to 400 

5 

Temperature controller TD 2000, accessory sensors 

Type TAI. 

With fixed connecting cable and diode plug. 

Type Description Measuring 

range 

°C 

TAI-FM (Fe-CuNi) Thermocouple rod sensor 

-40 to +750 

TAI-NM (NiCr-Ni) Thermocouple rod sensor 

-40 to +1200 

TAI-FG (Fe-CuNi) Thermocouple flat sensor 

0 to +400 

TAI-NG (NiCr-Ni) Thermocouple flat sensor 

0 to +400 

TAI-PM (Pt 100) Sheated element sensor 

-80 to +250 

TAI-PG (Pt 100) Glass sensor 

-50 to +260 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 670 

9.642 671 

9.642 672 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.725 291 

9.725 296 

9.725 292 

9.725 295 

9.725 294 

9.725 293 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Kletti 

Kletti


1 2 

Laboratory temperature regulator 

For monitoring and control of electronic heating equipment, such as heating mantles, 

heating baths, heating mats, water baths, oil baths etc. Fitted with state of the art 

control electronics. 

- Multi-Display: separate (LED) temperature displays for set and actual values, 

and for high and low temperature warning and safety functions 

- Splashproof, membrane keypad which is easy to use 

- Display resolution 0.1°C 

- Adjustable control parameters 

- PID control 

- Connections for control and safety sensors 

- Max. switching capacity: 2 kW 

Additional features of model LC4-F: 

- Display resolution 0.01°C 

- Adaptive PID control for enhanced requirements 

- Analogue programmer input, printer output 

... and even more features with the LC6 programme controller: 

- ICC = Intelligent Cascade Control; adjustable classic PID control 

- Additional LCD function display for user-friendly operation 

- Integral programmer (6 profiles with 60 segments) 

- Connections for 2 control and 1 safety sensors 

- Max. switching capacity: 3 kW. 


range 

LC4 

LC4-F 

LC6 

3 

°C K 

-50 to +350 

-50 to +350 

-100 to + 400 

Stability Connection Serial 

interface 

> ± 0.05 

> ± 0.03 

> ± 0.03 

Energy regulator, KM-L116 

1 x Pt100 

1 x Pt100 

2 x Pt100 

Electromechanical controller for controlling heating mantles. 

230 V, 15 A, max. load 3450 W. 

RS232 

RS232 

RS232 / 485 


Temperature controllers, thermostats-Incubation hoods 

E & OE. 

Cat. No. PK 

9.724 984 

9.724 985 

9.724 986 


KM-L116 9.642 660 1 

4 

Power protection adapter KM-PSA16 

1 

1 

1 

JULABO 

It is strongly recommended to use this adapter when a residual current circuit breaker is 

Kletti 

not built into the heating mantle. 

The adapter can easily be inserted between appliances and their power supplies, for example to protect a heating 

mantle. Activating current:

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


Incubation hoods 

624 

1 

Heating mantles, cased, KM-ME series 

As KM-M, but with integral power controller. 

E & OE. 


Capacity Flask dia. Rating Cat. No. PK 

ml mm W 

50 

51 

55 

9.642 520 

1 

100 

64 100 

9.642 521 

1 

250 

85 150 

9.642 522 

1 

500 

105 200 

9.642 523 

1 

1000 

131 300 

9.642 524 

1 

2000 

166 500 

9.642 525 

1 

3000 

185 600 

9.642 526 

1 

4000 

207 750 

9.642 527 

1 

5000 

223 860 

9.642 528 

1 

6000 

236 1000 

9.642 529 

1 

10000 

279 1400 

9.642 530 

1 

20000 

345 2000 

9.642 531 

1 

Serial heating units and special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request. 

2 

Heating mantles, cased, KM-MPE series 

As KM-ME but for universal use with different flask sizes. 3 different heating zones. 

Support clamp, please order separately. 


ml mm W 

50 to 250 

51 to 85 160 

9.642 540 

1 

250 to 1000 

85 to 131 350 

9.642 541 

1 

1000 to 3000 131 to 185 700 

9.642 542 

1 

3 

Clamp KM-SK for heating mantles 

Clamp to fix support rods to the metal-cased heating mantles. 


KM-SK 9.642 630 1 

4 

Heating mantles, uncased, KM-G series 

For round bottomed flasks. Max. provides heating temperatures up to 450°C. 

For 230 V a.c. supplies. 

Mantles from 500 ml upwards have a 60 mm diameter base aperture. 


ml mm W 

25 

41 

65 

9.642 401 

1 

50 

51 

75 

9.642 402 

1 

100 

64 120 

9.642 403 

1 

250 

85 180 

9.642 404 

1 

500 

105 250 

9.642 405 

1 

1000 

131 450 

9.642 406 

1 

2000 

166 600 

9.642 407 

1 

3000 

185 800 

9.642 408 

1 

4000 

207 900 

9.642 409 

1 

5000 

223 1200 

9.642 410 

1 

6000 

236 1400 

9.642 411 

1 

10000 

279 2000 

9.642 412 

1 

20000 

345 2800 

9.642 413 

1 

Special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request. 

5 

Heating mantles KM-GH series 

For flasks, round bottom, max. heating element temperatures 

up to 900°C, 230 V a.c. 

Requires a separate controller! 


ml mm W 

100 

64 200 

9.642 440 

1 

250 

85 300 

9.642 441 

1 

500 

105 500 

9.642 442 

1 

1000 

131 750 

9.642 443 

1 

2000 

166 1200 

9.642 444 

1 

4000 

207 1800 

9.642 445 

1 

6000 

236 2500 

9.642 446 

1 

Kletti 

Kletti 

Kletti 

Kletti 

Kletti


1 

Support rings, KM-TR series, for heating mantles 

Heating mantles are fitted onto four hook attachments in the support ring. 

For 

mantle 

ml 

25 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

2 

Tripods, KM-DF series, for heating mantles 

To enhance heating mantle stability. 

For 

mantle 

ml 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

6000 

10000 

20000 

3 

Heating mantles, EM series 

E & OE. 


Incubation hoods 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 620 

9.642 621 

9.642 622 

9.642 623 

9.642 624 

9.642 625 

9.642 626 

9.642 627 

9.642 628 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 600 

9.642 601 

9.642 602 

9.642 603 

9.642 604 

9.642 605 

9.642 606 

9.642 607 

9.642 608 

9.642 609 

9.642 610 

Range up to 450°C. With PP outer case which is chemical-resistant and resilient. 

Highly efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external 

casing temperatures. Flexible heating element is suspended in a thermal insulating cartridge to 

provide maximum heat transfer with minimum risk of flask breakage. 

All heating mantles are internally fused and have support clamp for rods up to 12 mm diameter. 

With earth (ground) screen and energy regulator control. For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies. 

Spare heater cartridges are available on request. 

For 

flasks 

Width Depth Height Power Cat. No. PK 

ml mm mm mm W 

100 

175 260 127 

60 

9.643 033 

1 

250 

175 260 127 150 

9.643 034 

1 

500 

238 310 145 200 

9.643 035 

1 

1000 

238 310 145 300 

9.643 036 

1 

2000 

350 400 190 500 

9.643 037 

1 

3000 

350 400 190 500 

9.643 038 

1 

5000 

350 400 190 800 

9.643 039 

1 

4 

Heating mantles, EMX series 

Up to 450°C. 

Spillproof. Replaceable heating element is protected against moisture penetration by a 

stainless steel liner and is easy to clean. PP outer case. Heating mantles are suitable for 

heating a variety of glass containers, such as round bottomed flasks and 60° funnels. 

Highly efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external temperatures. 

With support rod clamp and base outlet, safety earth (ground) screen and time proportional, 

arbitrarily scaled controller. 

For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies. 

For 

flasks 

Width Depth Height Power Cat. No. PK 

ml mm mm mm W 

50 to 1000 

310 238 150 150 + 80 

9.643 081 

1 

500 to 5000 

400 325 195 400 + 200 

9.643 083 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Kletti 

Kletti 

Electrothermal 


1 

2 

3 

4 

625

1 

2 

3 

4 


Incubation hoods-Heating tapes 

626 

1 

Multimantles, EMV series 

Up to 450°C. 

For flasks and funnels. With flexible heating elements and internal fuse. 

With support rod clamp for 12.5 mm diameter rods, or for attaching mantle to support. 

With base outlet, earth (ground) screen and solid state controller. 

For 220-240V 50/60 Hz supplies. 

For 

flasks 

For 

funnel 

dia. 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm 

ml mm W 

10 to 50 

50 to 100 175 x 260 x 127 

60 

100 to 250 

75 to 100 175 x 260 x 127 

60 

500 to 1000 

100 to 200 238 x 310 x 145 

100 

1000 to 5000 * 200 to 300 350 x 400 x 190 

800 

* With 2 circuits, 1 x 300, 1 x 500 W. 

2 

Stirrer mantles, EMA series 

E & OE. 


Power Cat. No. PK 

9.643 072 

9.643 073 

9.643 074 

9.643 075 

Up to 450°C. 

PP outer case. Time proportional heater control via built-in, solid state controller and 

adjustable magnetic stirrer in one instrument. Flexible heating element. 

The stirrer unit has an independent power supply. Stepless speed control up to approx. 520 rpm. 

with auto-reverse facility. Automatic stirrer bar trap. 

With support clamp for rods up to 12.5 mm diameter and earth (ground) screen. 

For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz. 

For 

flasks 

ml 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3 

Heating tapes, silicon, KM-HT-202 series 

Waterproof. Max. surface temperature 200°C. With 1.5 metre long mains connection 

cable for permanent connection to a fused 230 V outlet. 

Tape dimensions: 14 x 4 mm W x D. Lengths as indicated. 

PTFE and refrasil heating tapes available on request. 

Length Heating 

capacity 

cm W 

90 

100 

180 

200 

270 

260 

4 

Heating tapes, fibre glass, KM-HT-G series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.643 122 

9.643 123 

9.643 124 

9.643 125 

9.643 126 

9.643 127 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 700 

9.642 701 

9.642 702 

Not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass protective braiding. 

Max. surface temperature 450°C. With nickel-plated copper external braiding as protective 

earth conductor, 1.0 metre long mains connection cable for permanent connection to a fused 230 V outlet. 

Power loading approximately 200 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 12 x 8 mm. Lengths as indicated. 


capacity 

cm W 

50 

125 

100 

250 

150 

375 

200 

500 

300 

750 

500 

1250 

700 

1500 

1000 

2000 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 710 

9.642 711 

9.642 712 

9.642 713 

9.642 714 

9.642 715 

9.642 716 

9.642 717 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 



Kletti 

Kletti


1 

Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HT-BS30 series 

Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering. 

Max. surface temperature 450°C. With 1 metre long mains connection cable for permanent 

connection. Power loading approximately 250 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 30 x 5 mm. 


capacity 

cm W 

50 

125 

100 

250 

150 

375 

200 

500 

250 

625 

300 

750 

400 

1000 

500 

1250 

700 

1500 

1000 

2000 

2 

Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HC-G series 

E & OE. 


Heating tapes 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 720 

9.642 721 

9.642 722 

9.642 723 

9.642 724 

9.642 725 

9.642 726 

9.642 727 

9.642 728 

9.642 729 

Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering. 

Max. surface temperature 450°C. With 2 x 1.5 metre long mains connection cable for 

permanent connection. Power loading approximately 150 W/m, 230 V a.c. 

Tape dimensions: 3.5 to 4.5 mm dia. 


capacity 

cm W 

50 

75 

100 

150 

150 

225 

200 

300 

250 

375 

300 

450 

400 

600 

500 

750 

600 

900 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cat. No. PK 

9.642 750 

9.642 751 

9.642 752 

9.642 753 

9.642 754 

9.642 755 

9.642 756 

9.642 757 

9.642 758 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Kletti 

Kletti 

1 

2 

627

Heating and cooling technology • Refrigerators, chest and ... - S.Witko

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?